<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Mitsubishi Electric &#8211; UseManuals</title>
	<atom:link href="http://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://usemanuals.com</link>
	<description>Owner&#039;s manuals for all sorts of products</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 19 Jul 2023 11:11:37 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/favicon-32x32-2.png</url>
	<title>Mitsubishi Electric &#8211; UseManuals</title>
	<link>https://usemanuals.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Mitsubishi Electric Air Conditioner Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/air-conditioner/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Mar 2023 17:32:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=23222</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; Mitsubishi Electric Air Conditioner with Remote SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Since rotating parts and parts which could cause an electric shock are used in this product, be sure to read these “Safety Precautions” before use. Since the cautionary items shown here are important for safety, be sure to observe them. After reading this manual, keep it together with the installation manual in a handy place for easy reference. Be sure to receive a guarantee card from your dealer and check that the purchased date and shop name, etc. are entered correctly. Do not connect the power cord to an intermediate point, use an extension cord, or connect multiple devices to a single AC outlet. This may cause overheating, fi re, or electric shock. Make sure the power plug is free of dirt and insert it securely into the outlet. A dirty plug may cause fi re or electric shock. Do not bundle, pull, damage, or modify the power cord, and do not apply heat or place heavy objects on it. This may cause fi re or electric shock. Do not turn the breaker OFF/ON or disconnect/connect the power plug during operation. This may create sparks, which can cause fi re. After the indoor unit is switched OFF with the remote controller, make sure to turn the breaker OFF or disconnect the power plug. Do not expose your body directly to cool air for a prolonged length of time. This could be detrimental to your health. The unit should not be installed, relocated, disassembled, altered, or repaired by the user. An improperly handled air conditioner may cause fi re, electric shock, injury, or water leakage, etc. Consult your dealer. If the power supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or its service agent in order to avoid a hazard. When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance other than the specified refrigerant (R32) enters the refrigerant circuit. Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specified for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown. In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety. This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Do not insert your fi nger, a stick, or other objects into the air inlet or outlet. This may cause injury, since the fan inside rotates at high speeds during operation. In case of an abnormal condition (such as a burning smell), stop the air conditioner and disconnect the power plug or turn the breaker OFF. A continued operation in the abnormal state may cause a malfunction, fire, or electric shock. In this case, consult your dealer. The user should never attempt to wash the inside of the indoor unit. Should the inside of the unit require cleaning, contact your dealer. Unsuitable detergent may cause damage to plastic material inside the unit, which may result in water leakage. Should detergent come in contact with electrical parts or the motor, it will result in a malfunction, smoke, or fire. The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (for example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater). Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odour. Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean the appliance, other than those recommended by the manufacturer. Do not pierce or burn. Before cleaning the unit, switch it OFF and disconnect the power plug or turn the breaker OFF. This may cause injury, since the fan inside rotates at high speeds during operation. When the unit will be unused for a long time, disconnect the power plug or turn the breaker OFF. The unit may accumulate dirt, which may cause overheating or fire. Replace all batteries of the remote controller with new ones of the same type. Using an old battery together with a new one may cause overheating, leakage, or explosion. If the battery fluid comes in contact with your skin or clothes, wash them thoroughly with clean water. If the battery fluid comes in contact with your eyes, wash them thoroughly with clean water and immediately seek medical attention. Ensure that the area is well-ventilated when the unit is operated together with a combustion appliance. Inadequate ventilation may cause oxygen starvation. Turn the breaker OFF when you hear thunder and there is a possibility of a lightning strike. The unit may be damaged if lightning strikes. After the air conditioner is used for several seasons, perform inspection and maintenance in addition to normal cleaning. Dirt or dust in the unit may create an unpleasant odor, contribute to growth of fungi, such as mold, or clog the drain passage, and cause water to leak from the indoor unit. Consult your dealer for inspection and maintenance, which require specialized knowledge and skills Do not operate switches with wet hands. This may cause electric shock. Do not clean the air conditioner with water or place an object that contains water, such as a flower vase, on it. This may cause fi re or electric shock. Do not step on or place any object on the outdoor unit. This may cause injury if you or the object falls down. CAUTION: Do not touch the air inlet or the aluminum fi ns of the indoor/outdoor unit. • This may cause injury. Do not use insecticides or flammable sprays on the unit. • This may cause a fi re or deformation of the unit. Do not expose pets or houseplants to direct airflow. • This may cause injury to the pets or plants. Do not place other electric appliances or furniture under the indoor/ outdoor unit. • Water may drip down from the unit, which may cause damage or malfunction. Do not leave the unit on a damaged installation stand. • The unit may fall and cause injury. Do not step on an unstable bench to operate or clean the unit. • This may cause injury if you fall down. Do not pull the power cord. • This may cause a portion of the core wire to break, which may cause overheating or fire. Do not charge or disassemble the batteries, and do not throw them into a fire. • This may cause the batteries to leak, or cause a fi re or explosion. Do not operate the unit for more than 4 hours at high humidity (80% RH or more) and/or with windows or outside door left open. • This may cause the water condensation in the air conditioner, which may drip down, wetting or damaging the furniture. • The water condensation in the air conditioner may contribute to growth of fungi, such as mold. Do not use the unit for special purposes, such as storing food, raising animals, growing plants, or preserving precision devices or art objects. • This may cause deterioration of quality, or harm to animals and plants. Do not expose combustion appliances to direct airflow. • This may cause incomplete combustion. Never put batteries in your mouth for any reason to avoid accidental ingestion. • Battery ingestion may cause choking and/or poisoning. For installation Consult your dealer for installing the air conditioner. • It should not be installed by the user since installation requires specialized knowledge and skills. An improperly installed air conditioner may cause water leakage, fire, or electric shock. Provide a dedicated power supply for the air conditioner. • A non-dedicated power supply may cause overheating or fire. Do not install the unit where flammable gas could leak. • If gas leaks and accumulates around the outdoor unit, it may cause an explosion. Earth the unit correctly. • Do not connect the earth wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or a telephone earth wire. Improper earthing may cause electric shock. Install an earth leakage breaker depending on the installation location of the air conditioner (such as highly humid areas). • If an earth leakage breaker is not installed, it may cause electric shock. Ensure that the drain water is properly drained. • If the drain passage is improper, water may drip down from the indoor/ outdoor unit, wetting and damaging the furniture. For Wi-Fi interface This appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made by children without supervision. Do not use the Wi-Fi interface nearby the medical electrical equipment or people who have a medical device such as a cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter-defi brillator. • It can cause an accident due to malfunctions of the medical equipment or device. Do not install the Wi-Fi interface nearby the automatic control devices such as automatic doors or fi re alarms. • It can cause accidents due to malfunctions. Do not touch the Wi-Fi interface with wet hands. • It can cause damage to the device, electric shock, or fi re. Do not splash water on the Wi-Fi interface or use it in a bathroom. • It can cause damage to the device, electric shock, or fi re. When the Wi-Fi interface is dropped, or the holder or cable is damaged, disconnect the power supply plug or turn the breaker OFF. • It may cause fi re or electric shock. In this case, consult your dealer. • This device complies with all Australia and New zealand regulrements for EMC and electrical safety. Do not step on unstable stepstool to set up or clean the Wi-Fi interface. • It may cause injury if you fall down. Do not use the Wi-Fi interface nearby other wireless devices, microwaves, cordless phones, or facsimiles. • It can cause malfunctions. Indoor unit Outdoor unit Remote controller Only use the remote controller provided with the unit. Do not use other remote controllers. If 2 or more indoor units are installed in proximity to one another, an indoor unit that is not intended to be operated may respond to the remote controller. Remote controller holder PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION Installing the remote controller batteries Note: Make sure the polarity of the batteries is correct. Do not use manganese batteries and leaking batteries. The remote controller could malfunction. Do not use rechargeable batteries. The battery replacement indicator lights up when the battery is running low. In about 7 days after the indicator starts lights up, the remote controller stops working. Replace all batteries with new ones of the same type. Batteries can be used for approximately 1 year. However, batteries with expired shelf lives last shorter. Press RESET gently using a thin instrument. If the RESET button is not pressed, the remote controller may not operate correctly. Setting current time Note: How to set remote controller exclusively for a particular indoor unit A maximum of 4 indoor units with wireless remote controllers can be used in a room. To operate the indoor units individually with each remote controller, assign a number to each remote controller according to the number of the indoor unit. This setting can be set only when all the following conditions are met: • The remote controller is powered OFF. Hold down button on the remote controller for 2 seconds to enter the pairing mode. Press button again and assign a number to each remote controller. Each press of button advances the number in the following order: 1 → 2 → 3 → 4. Press button to complete the pairing setting. After you turn the breaker ON, the remote controller that first sends a signal to an indoor unit will be regarded as the remote controller for the indoor unit. Once they are set, the indoor unit will only receive the signal from the assigned remote controller afterwards. SELECTING OPERATION MODES Press to select operation mode. Each press changes mode in the following order: AUTO mode (Auto change over) The unit selects the operation mode according to the difference between the room temperature and the set temperature. During AUTO mode, the unit changes mode (COOL↔HEAT) when the room temperature is about 2°C away from the set temperature for more than 15 minutes. Note: Auto Mode is not recommended if this indoor unit is connected to a MXZ type outdoor unit. When several indoor units are operated simultaneously, the unit may not be able to switch operation mode between COOL and HEAT. In this case, the indoor unit becomes standby mode (Refer to table of Operation indicator lamp). COOL mode Enjoy cool air at your desired temperature. Note: Do not operate COOL mode at very low outside temperatures (less than -10°C). Water condensed in the unit may drip and wet or damage furniture, etc. DRY mode Dehumidify your room. The room may be cooled slightly. Temperature cannot be set during DRY mode. HEAT mode Enjoy warm air at your desired temperature. FAN mode Circulate the air in your room. Note: After COOL/DRY mode operation, it is recommended to operate in the FAN mode to dry inside the indoor unit. Operation indicator lamp The operation indicator lamp shows the operation state of the unit. FAN SPEED AND AIRFLOW DIRECTION ADJUSTMENT Fan speed Press to select fan speed. Each press changes fan speed in the following order: Two short beeps are heard from the indoor unit when set to AUTO. Use higher fan speed to cool/heat the room quicker. It is recommended to lower the fan speed once the room is cool/warm. Use lower fan speed for quiet operation. Multi system operation When several indoor units are operated simultaneously by one outdoor unit for heating operation, the temperature of the airfl ow may be low. In this case, it is recommended to set the fan speed to AUTO. Up-down Airflow direction Press to select airflow direction. Each press changes airflow direction in the following order: (AUTO) ………The vane is set to the most effi cient airfl ow direction. COOL/DRY/FAN:horizontal position. HEAT:position (4). (Manual) …….For efficient air conditioning, select the upper position for COOL/DRY, and the lower position for HEAT. If the lower position is selected during COOL/DRY, the vane automatically moves to the upward position after 0.5 to 1 hour to prevent any condensation from dripping. (Swing) ………The vane moves up a nd down intermittently. Two short beeps are heard from the indoor unit when set to AUTO. Always use the remote controller when changing the direction of airflow. Moving the horizontal vanes with your hands causes them to malfunction. When the breaker is turned on, the horizontal vanes’ position will be reset in about a minute, then the operation will start. The same is true in the emergency cooling operation. When the horizontal vanes seem to be in an abnormal position, Left-right Airflow direction To change the horizontal airflow direction. Move the vertical vane manually before starting operation. Note: If the vertical vanes are adjusted, be sure to return the horizontal vanes to the original closed position. I-SAVE OPERATION A simplified set back function enables to recall the preferred (preset) setting with a single push of the button. Press the button again and you can go back to the previous setting in an instance.  i-save operation cannot be set on the weekly timer. Press during COOL, ECONO COOL, or HEAT mode to select i-save mode. Set the temperature, fan speed, and airflow direction. The same setting is selected from the next time by simply pressing Two settings can be saved. (One for COOL/ECONO COOL, one for HEAT) Select the appropriate temperature, fan speed, and airflow direction according to your room. Normally, the minimum temperature setting in HEAT mode is 16°C. However, during i-save operation only, the minimum temperature setting is 10°C. Note: Example of use: Low energy mode Set the temperature 2°C to 3°C warmer in COOL and cooler in HEAT mode. This setting is suitable for unoccupied room, and while you are sleeping. Saving frequently used settings Save your preferred setting for COOL/ECONO COOL and HEAT. This enables you to select your preferred setting with a single push of the button. ECONO COOL OPERATION Swing airflow (change of air flow) makes you feel cooler than stationary airflow. The set temperature and the airflow direction are automatically changed by the microprocessor. It is possible to perform cooling operation with keeping comfort. As a result energy can be saved. Wi-Fi INTERFACE SETTING UP (VGK TYPE ONLY) Check the following fi rst in the cases listed in the above table. Make sure that the communication distance is not too far between the Wi-Fi interface and the Router. Make sure 2.4GHz is enabled on dual band Routers. Make sure that WPS is working on the Router. Make sure that the Router is compatible with the Wi-Fi interface. If Static IP has been set – make sure it is correct as per Router network settings. Make sure that the Router uses WPA2-PSK(AES) encryption. Make sure that the number of connected devices to the Router does not exceed the limit. Every 0.5 sec: IP address setting is invalid. Make sure that DHCP is enabled, or check IP address settings of the Wi-Fi interface. If there are no problems on the items above, but the lamp is still flashing, push RESET Button for more than 14 seconds to retry the pairing.  Every second: DNS setting is invalid. FIX DNS setting of the Router, DNS address setting of the Wi-Fi interface, or import the ratio wave environment. If there are no problems on the items above, but the lamp is still flashing, push RESET Button for more than 14 seconds to retry the pairing. Once every 5 sec: Not communicating with server properly. Push RESET Button for 2 seconds. Twice every 5 sec: Not connected to server. Check if the Router is connected to the Internet.  Three times every 5 sec: Not communicating with server. (Quick communication error) Push RESET Button for 2 seconds. Note: Ensure that the Router supports the WPA2-PSK(AES) encryption setting before starting the Wi-Fi interface setup. The End user should read and accept the terms and conditions of the Wi-Fi service before using this Wi-Fi interface. To complete connection of this Wi-Fi interface to the Wi-Fi service, the Router may be required. This Wi-Fi interface will not commence transmission of any operational data from the system until the End user registers and accepts the terms and conditions of the Wi-Fi service. This Wi-Fi interface should not be installed and connected to any Mitsubishi Electric system which is to provide application critical cooling or heating. Please write down the information regarding the Wi-Fi interface setting on the last page of this manual, when you set up this Wi-Fi interface. At the time of relocation or disposal, reset the Wi-Fi interface to the factory default. Mitsubishi Electric’s Wi-Fi interface is designed for communication to Mitsubishi Electric’s Wi-Fi service. Third party Wi-Fi interfaces cannot connect to Mitsubishi Electric’s Wi-Fi service. Mitsubishi Electric is not responsible for any underperformance of a system or any product; system or product fault; or loss or damage to any system or product; which is caused by or arises from connection to and/or use of any third party Wi-Fi interface or any third party Wi-Fi service with Mitsubishi Electric equipment. WHEN YOU THINK THAT TROUBLE HAS OCCURRED Symptom Explanation &#38; Check points Indoor Unit The unit cannot be operated. •  Is the breaker turned on? •  Is the power supply plug connected? •  Is the ON timer set? Page 8 The horizontal vane does not move. •  Are the horizontal vane and the vertical vane installed correctly? •  Is the fan guard deformed? •  When the breaker is turned on, the horizontal vanes’ position will be reset in about a minute. After the reset has completed, the normal hori- zontal vanes’ operation resumes. The same is true in the emergency cooling operation. The unit cannot be operated for about 3 minutes when restarted. •  This protects the unit according to instructions from the microprocessor. Please wait. Mist is discharged from the air outlet of the indoor unit. •  The cool air from the unit rapidly cools moisture in the air inside the room, and it turns into mist. The swing operation of the HORI- ZONTAL VANE is suspended for a while, then restarted. •   This is for the swing operation of the HORIZON- TAL VANE to be performed normally. When SWING is selected in COOL/DRY/FAN mode, the lower horizontal vane does not move. •  It is normal that the lower horizontal vane does not move when SWING is selected in COOL/ DRY/FAN mode. The airﬂow direction changes during operation. The direction of the horizontal vane cannot be adjusted with the remote controller. •   When the unit is operated in COOL or DRY mode, if the operation continues with air blow- ing down for 0.5 to 1 hour, the direction of the airﬂow is automatically set to upward position to prevent water from condensing and dripping. •   In the heating operation, if the airﬂow tem- perature is too low or when defrosting is being done, the horizontal vane is automatically set to horizontal position. The operation stops for about 10 minutes in the heating operation. •  Outdoor unit is in defrost. Since this is completed in max. 10 minutes, please wait. (When the outside temperature is too low and humidity is too high, frost is formed.) The unit starts operation by itself when the main power is turned on, but hasn’t received sign from the remote controller. •     These models are equipped with an auto restart function. When the main power is turned oﬀ without stopping the unit with the remote controller and is turned on again, the unit starts operation automatically in the same mode as the one set with the remote control- ler just before the shutoﬀ of the main power. Refer to “Auto restart function”. Page 10 The two horizontal vanes touch each other. The horizontal vanes are in an abnormal posi- tion. The horizontal vanes do not return to the correct “close position”. Perform one of the following: •  Turn oﬀ and on the breaker. Make sure the hori- zontal vanes move to the correct “close position”. •  Start and stop the emergency cooling operation and make sure the horizontal vanes move to the correct “close position”. The indoor unit discolors over time. •     Although plastic turns yellow due to the inﬂuence of some factors such as ultraviolet light and temperature, this has no eﬀect on the product functions. Multi system The indoor unit which is not operating becomes warm and a sound, similar to water ﬂowing, is heard from the unit. •  A small amount of refrigerant continues to ﬂow into the indoor unit even though it is not operat- ing. When heating operation is selected, operation does not start right away. •  When operation is started during defrosting of outdoor unit is done, it takes a few minutes (max. 10 minutes) to blow out warm air. Outdoor Unit The fan of the outdoor unit does not rotate even though the com- pressor is running. Even if the fan starts to rotate, it stops soon. •     When the outside temperature is low during cooling operation, the fan operates intermittently to maintain suﬃcient cooling capacity. Water leaks from the outdoor unit. •     During COOL and DRY operations, pipe or pipe connecting sections are cooled and this causes water to condense. •     In the heating operation, water condensed on the heat exchanger drips down. •     In the heating operation, the defrosting operation makes ice forming on the outdoor unit melt and drip down. White smoke is discharged from the outdoor unit. •    In the heating operation, vapor generated by the defrosting operation looks like white smoke. Symptom Explanation &#38; Check points Remote controller The display on the remote controller does not appear or it is dim. The indoor unit does not respond to the remote control signal. •  Are the batteries exhausted? Page 5 •  Is the polarity (+, -) of the batteries correct? Page 5 •  Are any buttons on the remote controller of other electric appliances being pressed? Does not cool or heat The room cannot be cooled or heated suﬃciently. •  Is the temperature setting appropriate? Page 6 •  Is the fan setting appropriate? Please change fan speed to High or Super High. Page 7 •  Are the ﬁlters clean? Page 11 •  Is the fan or heat exchanger of the indoor unit clean? •  Are there any obstacles blocking the air inlet or outlet of the indoor or outdoor unit? •  Is a window or door open? •  It may take a certain time to reach the setting temperature or may not reach that depending on the size of the room, the ambient temperature, and the like. The room cannot be cooled suﬃciently. •  When a ventilation fan or a gas cooker is used in a room, the cooling load increases, resulting in an insuﬃcient cooling eﬀect. •   When the outside temperature is high, the cooling eﬀect may not be suﬃcient. The room cannot be heated suﬃciently. •   When the outside temperature is low, the heating eﬀect may not be suﬃcient. Air does not blow out soon in the heating operation. •  Please wait as the unit is preparing to blow out warm air. Airﬂow The air from the indoor unit smells strange. •  Are the ﬁlters clean? Page 11 •  Is the fan or heat exchanger of the indoor unit clean? •  The unit may suck in an odor adhering to the wall, carpet, furniture, cloth, etc. and blow it out with the air. Sound Cracking sound is heard. •  This sound is generated by the expansion/con- traction of the front panel, etc. due to change in temperature. “Burbling” sound is heard. •     This sound is heard when the outside air is absorbed from the drain hose by turning on the range hood or the ventilation fan, making water ﬂowing in the drain hose to spout out. This sound is also heard when the outside air blows into the drain hose in case the outside wind is strong. Mechanical sound is heard from the indoor unit. •  This is the switching sound in turning on/oﬀ the fan or the compressor. The sound of water ﬂowing is heard. •  This is the sound of refrigerant or condensed water ﬂowing in the unit. Hissing sound is sometimes heard. •  This is the sound when the ﬂow of refrigerant inside the unit is changed. Timer Weekly timer does not operate according to settings. •  Is the ON/OFF timer set? Page 8 •  Transmit the setting information of the weekly timer to the indoor unit again. When the information is successfully received, a long beep will sound from the indoor unit. If information fails to be received, 3 short beeps will be heard. Ensure information is successfully received. Page 9 •  When a power failure occurs and the main power turns oﬀ, the indoor unit built-in clock will be incorrect. As a result, the weekly timer may not work normally. Be sure to place the remote controller where the signal can be received by the indoor unit. Page 5 The unit starts/stops the operation by itself. •  Is the weekly timer set? Page 9 S Guaranteed operating range Indoor Outdoor     Cooling Upper limit 32°C DB 23°C WB 46°C DB — Lower limit 21°C DB 15°C WB -10°C DB —   Heating Upper limit 27°C DB — 24°C DB 18°C WB Lower limit 20°C DB — -15°C DB -16°C WB DB : Dry Bulb WB : Wet Bulb Wi-Fi interface Model MAC-578IF2-E Input Voltage DC12.7 V (from indoor unit) Power consumption MAX. 2 W Size H×W×D (mm) 73.5×41.5×18.5 Weight (g) 46 (including cable) Transmitter power level (MAX.) 20 dBm @IEEE 802.11b RF channel 1ch ~ 13ch (2412~2472 MHz) Radio protocol IEEE 802.11b/g/n (20) Encryption AES Authentication WPA2-PSK Software Version XX.00 FAQ I’m installing this in new construction. What size electrical wiring and breaker size does it require? It is a 220v unit. It will run on #12 wire and only requires a 15 amp breaker. What are the measurements of the blower wallmount unit? 32 3/4 wide by 11 3/4 high measured against the wall. The blower unit is a little larger as it protrudes away from the wall. Can this be used in a small shed ? Yes, it will be a great option for a shed. The 9,000 BTU covers an application area of up to 350 sq. ft. This unit it’s Ac and Heather? Yes it does both heat and air. Great units Can this unit be mounted on a pad I’m not 100% clear on what you mean regarding a pad. If you are talking about the outdoor unit, it can sit on the ground/cement pad or be mounted on a wall. Hopefully that was the question. Mine has developed and stale unpleasant odor, and we’ve only had it a few months. Does anyone know how to fix this? I would check that your filters are clean, and that the drain line is not blocked and any condensation can drain from the inside unit. If all else fails, try cleaning the coils if they have gotten dirty What’s the minimum low ambient temp that they can work for heat?? down to 5° F the system will work at 100% capacity Is there a Tri-zone version of this Unit? meaning one outdoor Unit to run three wall/indoor units? This specific one only has outside unit for just this 1 unit. There are others that can run several split units How many watts? It’s rated at 6.95 amps at 220 volts. You can look at the manufacturer’s spec sheet on the listing. Does the indoor unit need clearance at the ceiling and can this be mounted over a window? yes it needs at least 10 inches from the ceiling and yes over a window if you have the 10 inch clearance VIDEO https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Mitsubishi-Electric-Room-Air-Conditioner-AP-series.mp4 [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/air-conditioner/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Logo-17.webp" /></h3>
<h4>Mitsubishi Electric Air Conditioner with Remote</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/product-44.webp" /></p>
<h4>SAFETY PRECAUTIONS</h4>
<ul>
<li>Since rotating parts and parts which could cause an electric shock are used in this product, be sure to read these “Safety Precautions” before use.</li>
<li>Since the cautionary items shown here are important for safety, be sure to observe them.</li>
<li>After reading this manual, keep it together with the installation manual in a handy place for easy reference.</li>
<li>Be sure to receive a guarantee card from your dealer and check that the purchased date and shop name, etc. are entered correctly.</li>
<li><strong>Do not connect the power cord to an intermediate point, use an extension cord, or connect multiple devices to a single AC outlet.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause overheating, fi re, or electric shock.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Make sure the power plug is free of dirt and insert it securely into </strong><strong>the outlet.</strong>
<ul>
<li>A dirty plug may cause fi re or electric shock.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Do not bundle, pull, damage, or modify the power cord, and do not </strong><strong>apply heat or place heavy objects on it.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause fi re or electric shock.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Do not turn the breaker OFF/ON or disconnect/connect the power </strong><strong>plug during operation.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may create sparks, which can cause fi re.</li>
<li>After the indoor unit is switched OFF with the remote controller, make sure to turn the breaker OFF or disconnect the power plug.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Do not expose your body directly to cool air for a prolonged length of time.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This could be detrimental to your health.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>The unit should not be installed, relocated, disassembled, altered, </strong><strong>or repaired by the user.</strong>
<ul>
<li>An improperly handled air conditioner may cause fi re, electric shock, injury, or water leakage, etc. Consult your dealer.</li>
<li>If the power supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or its service agent in order to avoid a hazard.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance other than the specified refrigerant (R32) enters the refrigerant circuit.</strong>
<ul>
<li>Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and may result in explosion or injury.</li>
<li>The use of any refrigerant other than that specified for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown. In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.</li>
<li>Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.</li>
<li><strong>Do not insert your fi nger, a stick, or other objects into the air inlet </strong><strong>or outlet.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause injury, since the fan inside rotates at high speeds during operation.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>In case of an abnormal condition (such as a burning smell), stop the air conditioner and disconnect the power plug or turn the breaker OFF</strong>.
<ul>
<li>A continued operation in the abnormal state may cause a malfunction, fire, or electric shock. In this case, consult your dealer.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>The user should never attempt to wash the inside of the indoor unit. </strong><strong>Should the inside of the unit require cleaning, contact your dealer.</strong>
<ul>
<li>Unsuitable detergent may cause damage to plastic material inside the unit, which may result in water leakage. Should detergent come in contact with electrical parts or the motor, it will result in a malfunction, smoke, or fire.</li>
<li>The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (for example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater).</li>
<li>Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odour.</li>
<li>Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean the appliance, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.</li>
<li>Do not pierce or burn.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Before cleaning the unit, switch it OFF and disconnect the power plug </strong><strong>or turn the breaker OFF.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause injury, since the fan inside rotates at high speeds during operation.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>When the unit will be unused for a long time, disconnect the power plug or turn the breaker OFF.</strong>
<ul>
<li>The unit may accumulate dirt, which may cause overheating or fire. Replace all batteries of the remote controller with new ones of the same type.</li>
<li>Using an old battery together with a new one may cause overheating, leakage, or explosion.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>If the battery fluid comes in contact with your skin or clothes, wash them thoroughly with clean water.</strong>
<ul>
<li>If the battery fluid comes in contact with your eyes, wash them thoroughly with clean water and immediately seek medical attention.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Ensure that the area is well-ventilated when the unit is operated together with a combustion appliance.</strong>
<ul>
<li>Inadequate ventilation may cause oxygen starvation.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Turn the breaker OFF when you hear thunder and there is a possibility of a lightning strike.</strong>
<ul>
<li>The unit may be damaged if lightning strikes.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>After the air conditioner is used for several seasons, perform inspection and maintenance in addition to normal cleaning.</strong>
<ul>
<li>Dirt or dust in the unit may create an unpleasant odor, contribute to growth of fungi, such as mold, or clog the drain passage, and cause water to leak from the indoor unit. Consult your dealer for inspection and maintenance, which require specialized knowledge and skills</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Do not operate switches with wet hands.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause electric shock.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Do not clean the air conditioner with water or place an object that contains water, such as a flower vase, on it.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause fi re or electric shock.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Do not step on or place any object on the outdoor unit.</strong>
<ul>
<li>This may cause injury if you or the object falls down.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4>CAUTION:</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Do not touch the air inlet or the aluminum fi ns of the indoor/outdoor unit.</strong><br />
• This may cause injury.</li>
<li><strong>Do not use insecticides or flammable sprays on the unit.</strong><br />
• This may cause a fi re or deformation of the unit.</li>
<li><strong>Do not expose pets or houseplants to direct airflow.</strong><br />
• This may cause injury to the pets or plants.</li>
<li><strong>Do not place other electric appliances or furniture under the indoor/ outdoor unit.</strong><br />
• Water may drip down from the unit, which may cause damage or malfunction.</li>
<li><strong>Do not leave the unit on a damaged installation stand.</strong><br />
• The unit may fall and cause injury.</li>
<li><strong>Do not step on an unstable bench to operate or clean the unit.</strong><br />
• This may cause injury if you fall down.</li>
<li><strong>Do not pull the power cord.</strong><br />
• This may cause a portion of the core wire to break, which may cause overheating or fire.</li>
<li><strong>Do not charge or disassemble the batteries, and do not throw them into a fire.</strong><br />
• This may cause the batteries to leak, or cause a fi re or explosion.</li>
<li><strong>Do not operate the unit for more than 4 hours at high humidity (80% RH or more) and/or with windows or outside door left open.</strong><br />
• This may cause the water condensation in the air conditioner, which may drip down, wetting or damaging the furniture.<br />
• The water condensation in the air conditioner may contribute to growth of fungi, such as mold.</li>
<li><strong>Do not use the unit for special purposes, such as storing food, raising animals, growing plants, or preserving precision devices or art objects.</strong><br />
• This may cause deterioration of quality, or harm to animals and plants.</li>
<li><strong>Do not expose combustion appliances to direct airflow.</strong><br />
• This may cause incomplete combustion.</li>
<li><strong>Never put batteries in your mouth for any reason to avoid accidental ingestion.</strong><br />
• Battery ingestion may cause choking and/or poisoning.</li>
</ul>
<h5>For installation</h5>
<ul>
<li><strong>Consult your dealer for installing the air conditioner.</strong><br />
• It should not be installed by the user since installation requires specialized knowledge and skills. An improperly installed air conditioner may cause water leakage, fire, or electric shock.</li>
<li><strong>Provide a dedicated power supply for the air conditioner.</strong><br />
• A non-dedicated power supply may cause overheating or fire.</li>
<li><strong>Do not install the unit where flammable gas could leak.</strong><br />
• If gas leaks and accumulates around the outdoor unit, it may cause an explosion.</li>
<li><strong>Earth the unit correctly.</strong><br />
• Do not connect the earth wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or a telephone earth wire. Improper earthing may cause electric shock.</li>
<li><strong>Install an earth leakage breaker depending on the installation location of the air conditioner (such as highly humid areas).</strong><br />
• If an earth leakage breaker is not installed, it may cause electric shock.</li>
<li><strong>Ensure that the drain water is properly drained.</strong><br />
• If the drain passage is improper, water may drip down from the indoor/ outdoor unit, wetting and damaging the furniture.</li>
</ul>
<h5>For Wi-Fi interface</h5>
<p>This appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved.</p>
<p>Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made by children without supervision.</p>
<ul>
<li>Do not use the Wi-Fi interface nearby the medical electrical equipment or people who have a medical device such as a cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter-defi brillator.<br />
• It can cause an accident due to malfunctions of the medical equipment or device.</li>
<li>Do not install the Wi-Fi interface nearby the automatic control devices such as automatic doors or fi re alarms.<br />
• It can cause accidents due to malfunctions.</li>
<li>Do not touch the Wi-Fi interface with wet hands.<br />
• It can cause damage to the device, electric shock, or fi re.</li>
<li>Do not splash water on the Wi-Fi interface or use it in a bathroom.<br />
• It can cause damage to the device, electric shock, or fi re.</li>
<li><strong>When the Wi-Fi interface is dropped, or the holder or cable is damaged, disconnect the power supply plug or turn the breaker OFF.</strong><br />
• It may cause fi re or electric shock. In this case, consult your dealer.<br />
• This device complies with all Australia and New zealand regulrements for EMC and electrical safety.</li>
<li>Do not step on unstable stepstool to set up or clean the Wi-Fi interface.<br />
• It may cause injury if you fall down.</li>
<li>Do not use the Wi-Fi interface nearby other wireless devices, microwaves, cordless phones, or facsimiles.<br />
• It can cause malfunctions.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Indoor unit</h4>
<h4>Outdoor unit</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Outdoor-Unit.webp" /></p>
<h4>Remote controller</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Remote-Controller-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Only use the remote controller provided with the unit.<br />
Do not use other remote controllers. If 2 or more indoor units are installed in proximity to one another, an indoor unit that is not intended to be operated may respond to the remote controller.</p>
<p><strong>Remote controller holder<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Holder.webp" /></strong></p>
<h4>PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION</h4>
<h5>Installing the remote controller batteries</h5>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the polarity of the batteries is correct.</li>
<li>Do not use manganese batteries and leaking batteries. The remote controller could malfunction.</li>
<li>Do not use rechargeable batteries.</li>
<li>The battery replacement indicator lights up when the battery is running low.<br />
In about 7 days after the indicator starts lights up, the remote controller stops working.</li>
<li>Replace all batteries with new ones of the same type.</li>
<li>Batteries can be used for approximately 1 year. However, batteries with expired shelf lives last shorter.</li>
<li>Press RESET gently using a thin instrument. If the RESET button is not pressed, the remote controller may not operate correctly.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Setting current time</h5>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Current-time.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
How to set remote controller exclusively for a particular indoor unit</p>
<p>A maximum of 4 indoor units with wireless remote controllers can be used in a room.<br />
To operate the indoor units individually with each remote controller, assign a number to each remote controller according to the number of the indoor unit.</p>
<p><strong>This setting can be set only when all the following conditions are met:</strong></p>
<p>• The remote controller is powered OFF.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hold down button on the remote controller for 2 seconds to enter the pairing mode.</li>
<li>Press button again and assign a number to each remote controller.<br />
Each press of button advances the number in the following order:<strong> 1 → 2 → 3 → 4.</strong></li>
<li>Press button to complete the pairing setting.<br />
After you turn the breaker ON, the remote controller that first sends a signal to an indoor unit will be regarded as the remote controller for the indoor unit.</li>
</ol>
<p>Once they are set, the indoor unit will only receive the signal from the assigned remote controller afterwards.</p>
<h4>SELECTING OPERATION MODES</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Operation-9.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Press to select operation mode. Each press changes mode in the following order:<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/image-35.webp" /></strong></p>
<h5>AUTO mode (Auto change over)</h5>
<p>The unit selects the operation mode according to the difference between the room temperature and the set temperature. During AUTO mode, the unit changes mode (COOL↔HEAT) when the room temperature is about 2°C away from the set temperature for more than 15 minutes.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Auto Mode is not recommended if this indoor unit is connected to a MXZ type outdoor unit. When several indoor units are operated simultaneously, the unit may not be able to switch operation mode between <strong>COOL and HEAT</strong>. In this case, the indoor unit becomes standby mode (Refer to table of Operation indicator lamp).</p>
<h5>COOL mode</h5>
<p>Enjoy cool air at your desired temperature.<br />
<strong>Note: </strong>Do not operate COOL mode at very low outside temperatures (less than -10°C). Water condensed in the unit may drip and wet or damage furniture, etc.</p>
<h5>DRY mode</h5>
<p>Dehumidify your room. The room may be cooled slightly.<br />
Temperature cannot be set during DRY mode.</p>
<h5>HEAT mode</h5>
<p>Enjoy warm air at your desired temperature.</p>
<h5>FAN mode</h5>
<p>Circulate the air in your room.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>After COOL/DRY mode operation, it is recommended to operate in the FAN mode to dry inside the indoor unit.</p>
<p><strong>Operation indicator lamp</strong></p>
<p>The operation indicator lamp shows the operation state of the unit.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/indicator-table.webp" /></p>
<h4>FAN SPEED AND AIRFLOW DIRECTION ADJUSTMENT</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Fan-Speed.webp" /></p>
<h5>Fan speed</h5>
<p>Press to select fan speed. Each press changes fan speed in the following order:<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Fan-Speed-2.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Two short beeps are heard from the indoor unit when set to AUTO.</li>
<li>Use higher fan speed to cool/heat the room quicker. It is recommended to lower the fan speed once the room is cool/warm.</li>
<li>Use lower fan speed for quiet operation.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Multi system operation</strong><br />
When several indoor units are operated simultaneously by one outdoor unit for heating operation, the temperature of the airfl ow may be low. In this case, it is recommended to set the fan speed to AUTO.</p>
<h5>Up-down Airflow direction</h5>
<p>Press to select airflow direction. Each press changes airflow direction in the following order:<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Fan-Speed-3.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>(AUTO) ………</strong>The vane is set to the most effi cient airfl ow direction. COOL/DRY/FAN:horizontal position. HEAT:position (4).<br />
<strong>(Manual) ……</strong>.For efficient air conditioning, select the upper position for COOL/DRY, and the lower position for HEAT. If the lower position is selected during COOL/DRY, the vane automatically moves to the upward position after 0.5 to 1 hour to prevent any condensation from dripping.<br />
<strong>(Swing) ………</strong>The vane moves up a nd down intermittently.</p>
<ul>
<li>Two short beeps are heard from the indoor unit when set to AUTO.</li>
<li>Always use the remote controller when changing the direction of airflow. Moving the horizontal vanes with your hands causes them to malfunction.</li>
<li>When the breaker is turned on, the horizontal vanes’ position will be reset in about a minute, then the operation will start. The same is true in the emergency cooling operation.</li>
<li>When the horizontal vanes seem to be in an abnormal position,</li>
</ul>
<h5>Left-right Airflow direction</h5>
<p><strong>To change the horizontal airflow direction.</strong><br />
Move the vertical vane manually before starting operation.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Direction.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the vertical vanes are adjusted, be sure to return the horizontal vanes to the original closed position.</p>
<h4>I-SAVE OPERATION</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Operation-9.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>A simplified set back function enables to recall the preferred (preset) setting with a single push of the button. Press the button again and you can go back to the previous setting in an instance.</li>
<li> i-save operation cannot be set on the weekly timer.</li>
<li>Press during COOL, ECONO COOL, or HEAT mode to select i-save mode. Set the temperature, fan speed, and airflow direction.</li>
<li>The same setting is selected from the next time by simply pressing</li>
<li>Two settings can be saved. (One for COOL/ECONO COOL, one for HEAT)</li>
<li>Select the appropriate temperature, fan speed, and airflow direction according to your room.</li>
<li>Normally, the minimum temperature setting in HEAT mode is 16°C.</li>
</ul>
<p>However, during i-save operation only, the minimum temperature setting is 10°C.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
Example of use:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Low energy mode</strong><br />
Set the temperature 2°C to 3°C warmer in COOL and cooler in HEAT mode. This setting is suitable for unoccupied room, and while you are sleeping.</li>
<li><strong>Saving frequently used settings</strong><br />
Save your preferred setting for <strong>COOL/ECONO COOL</strong> and HEAT. This enables you to select your preferred setting with a single push of the button.</li>
</ol>
<h4>ECONO COOL OPERATION</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Cool-operation.webp" /></p>
<p>Swing airflow (change of air flow) makes you feel cooler than stationary airflow. The set temperature and the airflow direction are automatically changed by the microprocessor. It is possible to perform cooling operation with keeping comfort. As a result energy can be saved.</p>
<h4>Wi-Fi INTERFACE SETTING UP (VGK TYPE ONLY)</h4>
<p>Check the following fi rst in the cases listed in the above table.</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure that the communication distance is not too far between the Wi-Fi interface and the Router.</li>
<li>Make sure 2.4GHz is enabled on dual band Routers.</li>
<li>Make sure that WPS is working on the Router.</li>
<li>Make sure that the Router is compatible with the Wi-Fi interface.</li>
<li>If Static IP has been set – make sure it is correct as per Router network settings.</li>
<li>Make sure that the Router uses WPA2-PSK(AES) encryption.</li>
<li>Make sure that the number of connected devices to the Router does not exceed the limit.</li>
<li><strong>Every 0.5 sec:</strong><br />
IP address setting is invalid.<br />
Make sure that DHCP is enabled, or check IP address settings of the Wi-Fi interface.<br />
If there are no problems on the items above, but the lamp is still flashing, push RESET Button for more than 14 seconds to retry the pairing.</li>
<li><strong> Every second:</strong><br />
DNS setting is invalid.<br />
FIX DNS setting of the Router, DNS address setting of the Wi-Fi interface, or import the ratio wave environment.<br />
If there are no problems on the items above, but the lamp is still flashing, push RESET Button for more than 14 seconds to retry the pairing.</li>
<li><strong>Once every 5 sec:</strong><br />
Not communicating with server properly.<br />
Push RESET Button for 2 seconds.</li>
<li><strong>Twice every 5 sec:</strong><br />
Not connected to server.<br />
Check if the Router is connected to the Internet.</li>
<li><strong> Three times every 5 sec:</strong><br />
Not communicating with server. (Quick communication error)<br />
Push RESET Button for 2 seconds.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure that the Router supports the WPA2-PSK(AES) encryption setting before starting the Wi-Fi interface setup.</li>
<li>The End user should read and accept the terms and conditions of the Wi-Fi service before using this Wi-Fi interface.</li>
<li>To complete connection of this Wi-Fi interface to the Wi-Fi service, the Router may be required.</li>
<li>This Wi-Fi interface will not commence transmission of any operational data from the system until the End user registers and accepts the terms and conditions of the Wi-Fi service.</li>
<li>This Wi-Fi interface should not be installed and connected to any Mitsubishi Electric system which is to provide application critical cooling or heating.</li>
<li>Please write down the information regarding the Wi-Fi interface setting on the last page of this manual, when you set up this Wi-Fi interface.</li>
<li>At the time of relocation or disposal, reset the Wi-Fi interface to the factory default.</li>
</ul>
<p>Mitsubishi Electric’s Wi-Fi interface is designed for communication to Mitsubishi Electric’s Wi-Fi service. Third party Wi-Fi interfaces cannot connect to Mitsubishi Electric’s Wi-Fi service. Mitsubishi Electric is not responsible for any</p>
<ol>
<li>underperformance of a system or any product;</li>
<li>system or product fault; or</li>
<li>loss or damage to any system or product; which is caused by or arises from connection to and/or use of any third party Wi-Fi interface or any third party Wi-Fi service with Mitsubishi Electric equipment.</li>
</ol>
<h4>WHEN YOU THINK THAT TROUBLE HAS OCCURRED</h4>
<table width="1102">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="132"><strong>Symptom</strong></td>
<td width="193"><strong>Explanation &amp; Check points</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Indoor Unit</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The unit cannot be operated.</td>
<td width="193">•  Is the breaker turned on?</p>
<p>•  Is the power supply plug connected?</p>
<p>•  Is the ON timer set? Page 8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The horizontal vane does not move.</td>
<td width="193">•  Are the horizontal vane and the vertical vane</p>
<p>installed correctly?</p>
<p>•  Is the fan guard deformed?</p>
<p>•  When the breaker is turned on, the horizontal vanes’ position will be reset in about a minute. After the reset has completed, the normal hori- zontal vanes’ operation resumes. The same is true in the emergency cooling operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The unit cannot be operated for</p>
<p>about 3 minutes when restarted.</td>
<td width="193">•  This protects the unit according to instructions</p>
<p>from the microprocessor. Please wait.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">Mist is discharged from the air</p>
<p>outlet of the indoor unit.</td>
<td width="193">•  The cool air from the unit rapidly cools moisture in the air inside the room, and it turns into mist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The swing operation of the HORI- ZONTAL VANE is suspended for a while, then restarted.</td>
<td width="193">•   This is for the swing operation of the HORIZON- TAL VANE to be performed normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">When SWING is selected in COOL/DRY/FAN mode, the lower horizontal vane does not move.</td>
<td width="193">•  It is normal that the lower horizontal vane does not move when SWING is selected in COOL/ DRY/FAN mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The airﬂow direction changes</p>
<p>during operation.</p>
<p>The direction of the horizontal vane cannot be adjusted with the remote controller.</td>
<td width="193">•   When the unit is operated in COOL or DRY mode, if the operation continues with air blow- ing down for 0.5 to 1 hour, the direction of the airﬂow is automatically set to upward position to prevent water from condensing and dripping.</p>
<p>•   In the heating operation, if the airﬂow tem- perature is too low or when defrosting is being done, the horizontal vane is automatically set to horizontal position.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The operation stops for about 10 minutes in the heating operation.</td>
<td width="193">•  Outdoor unit is in defrost.</p>
<p>Since this is completed in max. 10 minutes, please wait. (When the outside temperature is too low and humidity is too high, frost is formed.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The unit starts operation by itself when the main power is turned on, but hasn’t received sign from the remote controller.</td>
<td width="193">•     These models are equipped with an auto restart function. When the main power is turned oﬀ without stopping the unit with the remote controller and is turned on again, the unit starts operation automatically in the same mode as the one set with the remote control- ler just before the shutoﬀ of the main power.</p>
<p>Refer to “Auto restart function”. Page 10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The two horizontal vanes touch each other. The horizontal vanes are in an abnormal posi- tion. The horizontal vanes do not return to the correct “close position”.</td>
<td width="193">Perform one of the following:</p>
<p>•  Turn oﬀ and on the breaker. Make sure the hori-</p>
<p>zontal vanes move to the correct “close position”.</p>
<p>•  Start and stop the emergency cooling operation and make sure the horizontal vanes move to the correct “close position”.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The indoor unit discolors over time.</td>
<td width="193">•     Although plastic turns yellow due to the inﬂuence of some factors such as ultraviolet light and temperature, this has no eﬀect on the product functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Multi system</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The indoor unit which is not operating becomes warm and a sound, similar to water ﬂowing, is heard from the unit.</td>
<td width="193">•  A small amount of refrigerant continues to ﬂow into the indoor unit even though it is not operat- ing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">When heating operation is selected, operation does not start right away.</td>
<td width="193">•  When operation is started during defrosting of outdoor unit is done, it takes a few minutes (max. 10 minutes) to blow out warm air.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Outdoor Unit</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">The fan of the outdoor unit does not rotate even though the com- pressor is running. Even if the fan starts to rotate, it stops soon.</td>
<td width="193">•     When the outside temperature is low during cooling operation, the fan operates intermittently to maintain suﬃcient cooling capacity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">Water leaks from the outdoor</p>
<p>unit.</td>
<td width="193">•     During COOL and DRY operations, pipe or pipe connecting sections are cooled and this causes water to condense.</p>
<p>•     In the heating operation, water condensed on the heat exchanger drips down.</p>
<p>•     In the heating operation, the defrosting operation makes ice forming on the outdoor unit melt and drip down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="132">White smoke is discharged from</p>
<p>the outdoor unit.</td>
<td width="193">•    In the heating operation, vapor generated by the</p>
<p>defrosting operation looks like white smoke.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1100">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="129"><strong>Symptom</strong></td>
<td width="197"><strong>Explanation &amp; Check points</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Remote controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The display on the remote controller does not appear or it is dim. The indoor unit does not respond to the remote control signal.</td>
<td width="197">•  Are the batteries exhausted? Page 5</p>
<p>•  Is the polarity (+, -) of the batteries correct?</p>
<p>Page 5</p>
<p>•  Are any buttons on the remote controller of other</p>
<p>electric appliances being pressed?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Does not cool or heat</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The room cannot be cooled or</p>
<p>heated suﬃciently.</td>
<td width="197">•  Is the temperature setting appropriate?</p>
<p>Page 6</p>
<p>•  Is the fan setting appropriate? Please change fan speed to High or Super High. Page 7</p>
<p>•  Are the ﬁlters clean? Page 11</p>
<p>•  Is the fan or heat exchanger of the indoor unit</p>
<p>clean?</p>
<p>•  Are there any obstacles blocking the air inlet or outlet of the indoor or outdoor unit?</p>
<p>•  Is a window or door open?</p>
<p>•  It may take a certain time to reach the setting temperature or may not reach that depending on the size of the room, the ambient temperature, and the like.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The room cannot be cooled</p>
<p>suﬃciently.</td>
<td width="197">•  When a ventilation fan or a gas cooker is used in a room, the cooling load increases, resulting in an insuﬃcient cooling eﬀect.</p>
<p>•   When the outside temperature is high, the cooling</p>
<p>eﬀect may not be suﬃcient.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The room cannot be heated</p>
<p>suﬃciently.</td>
<td width="197">•   When the outside temperature is low, the heating eﬀect may not be suﬃcient.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">Air does not blow out soon in</p>
<p>the heating operation.</td>
<td width="197">•  Please wait as the unit is preparing to blow out warm air.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Airﬂow</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The air from the indoor unit smells strange.</td>
<td width="197">•  Are the ﬁlters clean? Page 11</p>
<p>•  Is the fan or heat exchanger of the indoor unit</p>
<p>clean?</p>
<p>•  The unit may suck in an odor adhering to the wall, carpet, furniture, cloth, etc. and blow it out with the air.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Sound</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">Cracking sound is heard.</td>
<td width="197">•  This sound is generated by the expansion/con- traction of the front panel, etc. due to change in temperature.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">“Burbling” sound is heard.</td>
<td width="197">•     This sound is heard when the outside air is absorbed from the drain hose by turning on the range hood or the ventilation fan, making water ﬂowing in the drain hose to spout out.</p>
<p>This sound is also heard when the outside air blows into the drain hose in case the outside wind is strong.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">Mechanical sound is heard</p>
<p>from the indoor unit.</td>
<td width="197">•  This is the switching sound in turning on/oﬀ the</p>
<p>fan or the compressor.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The sound of water ﬂowing is</p>
<p>heard.</td>
<td width="197">•  This is the sound of refrigerant or condensed</p>
<p>water ﬂowing in the unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">Hissing sound is sometimes</p>
<p>heard.</td>
<td width="197">•  This is the sound when the ﬂow of refrigerant</p>
<p>inside the unit is changed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="325"><strong>Timer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">Weekly timer does not operate</p>
<p>according to settings.</td>
<td width="197">•  Is the ON/OFF timer set? Page 8</p>
<p>•  Transmit the setting information of the weekly timer to the indoor unit again. When the information is successfully received, a long beep will sound from the indoor unit. If information fails to be received, 3 short beeps will be heard. Ensure information is successfully received. Page 9</p>
<p>•  When a power failure occurs and the main power turns oﬀ, the indoor unit built-in clock will be incorrect. As a result, the weekly timer may not work normally.</p>
<p>Be sure to place the remote controller where</p>
<p>the signal can be received by the indoor unit.</p>
<p>Page 5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">The unit starts/stops the operation by itself.</td>
<td width="197">•  Is the weekly timer set? Page 9</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4><strong>S</strong></h4>
<h5><strong>Guaranteed operating range</strong></h5>
<table width="753">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="94"></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Indoor</strong></td>
<td width="83"><strong>Outdoor</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="38"><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p>Cooling</td>
<td width="57">Upper limit</td>
<td width="76">32°C DB</p>
<p>23°C WB</td>
<td width="83">46°C DB</p>
<p>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="57">Lower limit</td>
<td width="76">21°C DB</p>
<p>15°C WB</td>
<td width="83">-10°C DB</p>
<p>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="38"><strong> </strong></p>
<p>Heating</td>
<td width="57">Upper limit</td>
<td width="76">27°C DB</p>
<p>—</td>
<td width="83">24°C DB</p>
<p>18°C WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="57">Lower limit</td>
<td width="76">20°C DB</p>
<p>—</td>
<td width="83">-15°C DB</p>
<p>-16°C WB</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DB : Dry Bulb WB : Wet Bulb</p>
<h5><strong>Wi-Fi interface</strong></h5>
<table width="746">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="174"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td width="174"><strong>MAC-578IF2-E</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Input Voltage</td>
<td width="174">DC12.7 V (from indoor unit)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Power consumption</td>
<td width="174">MAX. 2 W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Size H×W×D (mm)</td>
<td width="174">73.5×41.5×18.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Weight (g)</td>
<td width="174">46 (including cable)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Transmitter power level (MAX.)</td>
<td width="174">20 dBm @IEEE 802.11b</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">RF channel</td>
<td width="174">1ch ~ 13ch (2412~2472 MHz)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Radio protocol</td>
<td width="174">IEEE 802.11b/g/n (20)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Encryption</td>
<td width="174">AES</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Authentication</td>
<td width="174">WPA2-PSK</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174">Software Version</td>
<td width="174">XX.00</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>FAQ</h3>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">I’m installing this in new construction. What size electrical wiring and breaker size does it require?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">It is a 220v unit. It will run on #12 wire and only requires a 15 amp breaker.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">What are the measurements of the blower wallmount unit?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">32 3/4 wide by 11 3/4 high measured against the wall. The blower unit is a little larger as it protrudes away from the wall.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Can this be used in a small shed ?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Yes, it will be a great option for a shed. The 9,000 BTU covers an application area of up to 350 sq. ft.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">This unit it’s Ac and Heather?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Yes it does both heat and air. Great units</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Can this unit be mounted on a pad</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">I’m not 100% clear on what you mean regarding a pad. If you are talking about the outdoor unit, it can sit on the ground/cement pad or be mounted on a wall. Hopefully that was the question.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Mine has developed and stale unpleasant odor, and we’ve only had it a few months. Does anyone know how to fix this?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">I would check that your filters are clean, and that the drain line is not blocked and any condensation can drain from the inside unit. If all else fails, try cleaning the coils if they have gotten dirty</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">What’s the minimum low ambient temp that they can work for heat??</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">down to 5° F the system will work at 100% capacity</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Is there a Tri-zone version of this Unit? meaning one outdoor Unit to run three wall/indoor units?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">This specific one only has outside unit for just this 1 unit. There are others that can run several split units</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How many watts?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">It’s rated at 6.95 amps at 220 volts. You can look at the manufacturer’s spec sheet on the listing.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does the indoor unit need clearance at the ceiling and can this be mounted over a window?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">yes it needs at least 10 inches from the ceiling and yes over a window if you have the 10 inch clearance</p>
<h3>VIDEO</h3>
<p><video id="video-195131-1" class="wp-video-shortcode" preload="metadata" controls="controls" width="640" height="360"><source type="video/mp4" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Mitsubishi-Electric-Room-Air-Conditioner-AP-series.mp4?_=1" />https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Mitsubishi-Electric-Room-Air-Conditioner-AP-series.mp4<a href="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Mitsubishi-Electric-Room-Air-Conditioner-AP-series.mp4" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></video></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Logo-17.webp" /></p>
<h2 class="comments-title" aria-hidden="true"></h2>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		<enclosure url="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Mitsubishi-Electric-Room-Air-Conditioner-AP-series.mp4?_=1" length="0" type="video/mp4" />

			</item>
		<item>
		<title>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC PLK-G2010R Industrial Sewing Machine manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/plk-g2010r-sewing-machine/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2023 05:01:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=94653</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC PLK-G2010R Industrial Sewing Machine FOR SAFE USE Before the installation, operation, and inspection for this product, read the “FOR SAFE USE” and the technical manuals carefully. Also read the other technical manuals, “Control Unit” and “Operation Panel” describing some instructions, which are not in this manual, and use the sewing machine properly. SAFETY INDICATIONS DANGER Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in death or severe injury. CAUTION Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in medium or slight personal injury or physical damage. Note that CAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence according to the circumstances. Always follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personal safety. CAUTION INDICATIONS No. Caution indication Description 1 Precaution for sewing machine operation: Indicates that removing the safety and operating the sewing machine for some other purposes with power-on are prohibited. l   Please do not operate the sewing machine without protective equipment such as a needle guard, an eye guard, a belt cover or the others. l  Please turn off the power switch when threading, changing a needle and a bobbin, cleaning, and lubricating. 2 Caution for fingers injury: Indicates a possibility of fingers (hands) injury in a certain condition. 3 Caution for squeezing fingers: Indicates a possibility of squeezing fingers in a certain condition. 4 Indication of pulley rotation direction: Indicates a normal pulley rotation direction of sewing machine. (For sewing machine with pulley) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DANGER To prevent from receiving an electric shock, always turn off a power switch and unplug power supply when opening a control box, and then open after ten minutes passes. CAUTION USAGE ENVIRONMENT Please do not operate the sewing machine under the following conditions. In the ambient temperature of 35 degrees (95°F) or more than 35 degrees, or the ambient temperature of 5 degrees or less than 5 degrees (41°F). In the ambient temperature of 55 degrees (131°F) or more than 55 degrees, or the ambient temperature of -10 degrees or less than -10 degrees (18°F) during transportation. In the relative humidity exceeding 85% or less than 45%. In the open-air place or the location that receives direct sunlight. In the place near heat sources such as heating devices. In the atmosphere filled with dust, explosive gas, or corrosive gas. In the place where the fluctuation in the power voltage of 10% or more than 10%, or the power voltage of -10% or less than -10% of the fixed power voltage. In the place where the power source cannot supply enough voltage to keep the motor running. In the place filled with strong electric noises such as high-frequency welders. INSTALLATION Please have some specialists, who have enough experience for the sewing machine installations, install the sewing machine. Please have a qualified electrician perform necessary electric wiring. Please do not operate until the sewing machine is repaired when any damage or fault is found on the sewing machine at the installation. Please do not refurbish the sewing machine. The sewing machine is heavy. For the safety, please make sure to install the sewing machine head by more than one person. When tilting the sewing machine, please stand at the hinge side and hold the sewing machine with both hands. Also, please lock the caster on the steel stand When tilting the sewing machine, the work clamp slides toward the hinges. Remember to move the work clamps fully to the right side of the casting before placing the sewing head in the sewing position. Please lock the caster on the steel stand to prevent the machine from moving before tilting the sewing machine. Please make sure to fit the safety protective equipment (the motor cover or the others) and the accessory protective equipment (the eye guard) that removed temporarily for installation. If the table and the steel stand are not MITSUBISHI original, the table and the steel stand have to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. When fitting the caster to the steel stand that are not MITSUBISHI original, the caster with locking function has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. SEWING Please make sure to turn the power switch off before installing or replacing needles. Please pay attention for the fingers not to be injured by the needlepoint. Please make sure to turn power switch off before lubricating. Please pay attention that oil does not get on your skin or in your eyes as it may cause an inflammation. Please make sure to keep oil out of the reach of children who may drink oil by mistake. Please make sure to turn the power switch off before threading a needle. Before starting the sewing, please make sure the position and the function of the halt switch. Please do not touch the operating parts during sewing operation. It is very dangerous to operate the sewing machine without safety guards (eye guards, belt covers, link covers, finger guards or the others). Please make sure to operate the sewing machine with safety guards. Please make sure to turn the power switch off when stopping the sewing machine temporarily. ADJUSTMENT Please make sure to turn the power switch off before adjusting the sewing machine. If the adjustment is required while the power switch on, do not step on the footswitch by mistake. Please be careful not to be injured by a sharp part such as the needle and the shuttle hook point. Please make sure to put the safety guards (eye guards, belt guards, link covers, and finger guards or the others) back on the initial position after the sewing machine adjustment. Please make sure to lock the caster on the table when tilting the sewing machine. STRUCTURE OF THE SEWING MACHINE PLK-G2010R electronic pattern sewing machine consists of the following main parts. &#60;1&#62;: Sewing machine head &#60;2&#62;: Main shaft motor &#60;3&#62;: Halt switch &#60;4&#62;: Control box &#60;5&#62;: Operation panel &#60;6&#62;: Work holder foot switch &#60;7&#62;: Start foot switch &#60;8&#62;:Gas spring &#60;9&#62;: Steel stand &#60;10&#62;: Thread stand &#60;11&#62;: Work holder pedal (Option) INSTALLATION CAUTION Please have some specialists, who have enough experience for the sewing machine installations, install the sewing machine. Please have a qualified electrician perform necessary electric wiring. Please do not operate until the sewing machine is repaired when any damage or fault is found on the sewing machine at the installation. Please do not refurbish the sewing machine. If the table and the steel stand are not MITSUBISHI original, the table and the steel stand have to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. When fitting the caster to the steel stand that are not MITSUBISHI original, the caster with locking function has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. Preparation of the table If the table is not MITSUBISHI original, the thickness of the table is required to have 40mm and that is strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. Manufacture the table as shown on the figure below. Preparation of the steel stand If the steel stand is not MITSUBISHI original, please refer to the dimensions shown on the figure at the right. When fitting the caster to the steel stand, the steel stand has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. If the steel stand is MITSUBISHI PLK-G2516R original, assemble the steel stand with the assembling instructions enclosed in the packing. Preparation of the steel stand If the steel stand is not MITSUBISHI original, please refer to the dimensions shown on the figure at the right. When fitting the caster to the steel stand, the steel stand has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine. If the steel stand is MITSUBISHI PLK-G2516R original, assemble the steel stand with the assembling instructions enclosed in the packing. Installation of the control box Install the control box with the instructions in the paragraph “[3] Installation” in the technical manual. For connector location see page 7, Section 3-10 of this catalog. Installation of the operation panel Connect the operation panel PLK-G-PAL with the CON A on the rear of the control box. * See page 7 for the location. Installation of the power switch and footswitch Mount the power switch (No.1) with the wood screw (No.2) at the position as shown on the figure. Hook up the connector (No.3) of the power switch to the control box CON B. Attach the power plug (No.5) to the incoming electrical cable (No.4). Fix the electric cables with the staples (No.6) to prevent the cables from hanging down. Hook up the connector (No.8) of the footswitch (No.7) to the control box CON H. As for the control box connector, refer to the instructions in the paragraph “3-10.Connection of the electric cables” in this manual. [Notice] Power plug (No.5) is not included in the accessory box. Installation of the oil pan Remove the oil pan A (No.1) from the accessory box then, set the oil bottle (No.2) to the oil pan A (No.1). Put the oil pan at the position shown on the figure then, fix the oil pan with staples (No.3). Set the damper cushions (No.4) to the table. Installation of the machine head CAUTION  The sewing machine is heavy. For the safety, please make sure to install the sewing machine head by more than one person. When tilting the sewing machine, please stand at the hinge side and hold the sewing machine with both hands. Also, please lock the caster on the steel stand. When tilting the sewing machine, the work clamp slides toward the hinges. Remember to move the work clamps fully to the right side of the casting before placing the sewing head in the sewing position. Put the machine head carefully on the damper cushion. Insert the hinge shafts (No.1) into the hole on the machine then, fix it to the machine with set screws (No.2). Fit the hinge rubbers (No.4) and the support plates (No.5) into the holes of the hinges (No.3) then, set the hinges to the hinge shafts. Fit the screw holes of the hinges (No.3) to the bolt setting holes then, fix the machine with the socket bolts (No.6) and the flat washers (No.7). Fix the headrest (No.8) with safety socket bolts (No.9). Installation of the stays Remove the bracket (No.3) after installing the machine head. Fix the stay (right) (No.1) with the socket bolts (No.4), the flat washers (No.5), and the screws (No.6). Attach the stay (left) (No.2) to the other side by the same procedure. Installation of the tilting detect switch Install the switch unit (No.1) with the SW-MW screws (No.2) so that the switch turns on when the machine head in the initial position is pushed by the machine table. NOTE The switch unit (No.1) is temporarily fixed at the backside of the sewing machine bed. Fix it to the proper place as shown on the right figure. &#60;1&#62;: Switch unit &#60;2&#62;: SW-MW screw (two screws) Installation of the eye guard Loosen the SW-MW screws (No.2) on the eye guard unit (No.1) then, mount the SW-PW screws (No.3) to the flat place of the sewing machine with the open guard. Return the open guard to the initial position then, tighten the SW-MW screws (No.2). &#60;1&#62;: Eye guard unit&#60;2&#62;: SW-MW screw &#60;3&#62;: SW-PW screw (two screws) Connection of the electric cables CAUTION  Please make sure to ground the place where there is a mark. Failure to do so may cause electric shock and/or malfunction. Connect the machine head and the control box with cables as shown on the figure. Hold the dangling cables under the table with accessory tie holders (MB60A0420) and cord ties (MB60A0201). At this time, please check whether the cables are not pulled when tilting the sewing machine. There are wood screw prepared holes for the tie holders (MB60A0420) on the rear surface of the table. Installation of the thread stand Assemble the parts (No.1 to No.11) of the thread stand as shown on the figure. Fit the thread stand into the hole at the far right on the table stand with the nut (No.13) and the washers (No.12). Connection of the air tube Remove the stepping motor cover. Attach the air presser regulator assembly (No.1) underneath the table with the wood screws (No.2). The prepared holes are provided for the wood screws on the rear surface of the table. Cut the part of sizeφ8 air tube (No.3) enclosed in the accessory box into about 1-meter length then, insert one end of this air tube into the manifold air fitting (No.5). The manifold is jointed with the magnet valves (No.4) and located at the left side surface of the sewing machine head. Beside, pass the other end of the air tube (No.3) through the cutout hole of the tabletop then, insert it into the air outlet fitting (No.6) of the cutout hole of the tabletop then, insert it into the air outlet fitting (No.6) of the air presser regulator (No.1). Insert the one end of the resting air tube (No.3) into the intake air fitting (No.7) of the air coupling to be adopted with the air supply source provided in your factory. One of the air couplings is enclosed in the accessory box. LUBRICATION CAUTION  Please make sure to turn power switch off before lubricating. Please pay attention that oil does not get on your skin or in your eyes as it may cause an inflammation. Please make sure to keep oil out of the reach of children who may drink oil by mistake. [Notice] Please make sure to lubricate when operating for the first time after the installation. Also, please make sure to check the amount of oil when the machine has not been used for a long time. The oil tanks are set at three places of the machine. Pour oil through the oil holes of (No.1 to No.3) to the oil tanks. The oil tank No.1 and No.2 have level marks (at the center of the tank). Running out the oil may cause the machine to make abnormal noise and seize up. When the amount of oil decreases to one-third or less than one-third, make sure to fill the tank with oil. Also, do not pour oil more than the level marks. When tilting the machine head, it may cause oil leak. The oil tank No.3 shows the oil amount by the tip of the indicator. The appropriate oil amount is between level marks (high and low red lines). Initial setting of the control box When using the sewing machine for the first time, the model and the language of the sewing machine in use have to be set. Refer to the instructions in the paragraph “[6] Initial Setting of System (Model/language Setting)” in the CONTROL UNIT  technical manual. From the library of Superior Sewing Machine &#38; Supply LLC – www.supsew.com [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/plk-g2010r-sewing-machine/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-LOGO-1.webp" /></h3>
<h4>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC PLK-G2010R Industrial Sewing Machine</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>FOR SAFE USE</strong><br />
Before the installation, operation, and inspection for this product, read the “FOR SAFE USE” and the technical manuals carefully. Also read the other technical manuals, “Control Unit” and “Operation Panel” describing some instructions, which are not in this manual, and use the sewing machine properly.</p>
<p><strong>SAFETY INDICATIONS</strong></p>
<p><strong>DANGER</strong><br />
Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in death or severe injury.</p>
<p><strong>CAUTION</strong><br />
Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in medium or slight personal injury or physical damage. Note that CAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence according to the circumstances. Always follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personal safety.</p>
<p><strong>CAUTION INDICATIONS</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="36">No.</td>
<td width="175">Caution indication</td>
<td width="437">Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="36">1</td>
<td width="175"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-1.webp" /></td>
<td width="437"><u>Precaution for sewing machine operation</u>:</p>
<p>Indicates that removing the safety and operating the sewing machine for some other purposes with power-on are prohibited.</p>
<p>l   Please do not operate the sewing machine without protective equipment such as a needle guard, an eye guard, a belt cover or the others.</p>
<p>l  Please turn off the power switch when threading, changing a needle and a bobbin, cleaning, and lubricating.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="36">2</td>
<td width="175"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-2.webp" /></td>
<td width="437"><u>Caution for fingers injury</u>:</p>
<p>Indicates a possibility of fingers (hands) injury in a certain condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="36">3</td>
<td width="175"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-3.webp" /></td>
<td width="437"><u>Caution for squeezing fingers</u>:</p>
<p>Indicates a possibility of squeezing fingers in a certain condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="36">4</td>
<td width="175"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-4.webp" /></td>
<td width="437"><u>Indication of pulley rotation direction</u>:</p>
<p>Indicates a normal pulley rotation direction of sewing machine.</p>
<p>(For sewing machine with pulley)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4><strong>SAFETY PRECAUTIONS</strong></h4>
<p><strong>DANGER</strong><br />
To prevent from receiving an electric shock, always turn off a power switch and unplug power supply when opening a control box, and then open after ten minutes passes.</p>
<p><strong>CAUTION</strong><br />
<strong>USAGE ENVIRONMENT</strong><br />
Please do not operate the sewing machine under the following conditions.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the ambient temperature of 35 degrees (95°F) or more than 35 degrees, or the ambient temperature of 5 degrees or less than 5 degrees (41°F).</li>
<li>In the ambient temperature of 55 degrees (131°F) or more than 55 degrees, or the ambient temperature of -10 degrees or less than -10 degrees (18°F) during transportation.</li>
<li>In the relative humidity exceeding 85% or less than 45%.</li>
<li>In the open-air place or the location that receives direct sunlight.</li>
<li>In the place near heat sources such as heating devices.</li>
<li>In the atmosphere filled with dust, explosive gas, or corrosive gas.</li>
<li>In the place where the fluctuation in the power voltage of 10% or more than 10%, or the power voltage of -10% or less than -10% of the fixed power voltage.</li>
<li>In the place where the power source cannot supply enough voltage to keep the motor running.</li>
<li>In the place filled with strong electric noises such as high-frequency welders.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>INSTALLATION</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Please have some specialists, who have enough experience for the sewing machine installations, install the sewing machine.</li>
<li>Please have a qualified electrician perform necessary electric wiring.</li>
<li>Please do not operate until the sewing machine is repaired when any damage or fault is found on the sewing machine at the installation.</li>
<li>Please do not refurbish the sewing machine.</li>
<li>The sewing machine is heavy. For the safety, please make sure to install the sewing machine head by more than one person.</li>
<li>When tilting the sewing machine, please stand at the hinge side and hold the sewing machine with both hands. Also, please lock the caster on the steel stand</li>
<li>When tilting the sewing machine, the work clamp slides toward the hinges. Remember to move the work clamps fully to the right side of the casting before placing the sewing head in the sewing position.</li>
<li>Please lock the caster on the steel stand to prevent the machine from moving before tilting the sewing machine.</li>
<li>Please make sure to fit the safety protective equipment (the motor cover or the others) and the accessory protective equipment (the eye guard) that removed temporarily for installation.</li>
<li>If the table and the steel stand are not MITSUBISHI original, the table and the steel stand have to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
<li>When fitting the caster to the steel stand that are not MITSUBISHI original, the caster with locking function has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>SEWING</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Please make sure to turn the power switch off before installing or replacing needles.</li>
<li>Please pay attention for the fingers not to be injured by the needlepoint.</li>
<li>Please make sure to turn power switch off before lubricating.</li>
<li>Please pay attention that oil does not get on your skin or in your eyes as it may cause an inflammation.</li>
<li>Please make sure to keep oil out of the reach of children who may drink oil by mistake.</li>
<li>Please make sure to turn the power switch off before threading a needle.</li>
<li>Before starting the sewing, please make sure the position and the function of the halt switch.</li>
<li>Please do not touch the operating parts during sewing operation.</li>
<li>It is very dangerous to operate the sewing machine without safety guards (eye guards, belt covers, link covers, finger guards or the others).<br />
Please make sure to operate the sewing machine with safety guards.</li>
<li>Please make sure to turn the power switch off when stopping the sewing machine temporarily.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>ADJUSTMENT</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Please make sure to turn the power switch off before adjusting the sewing machine.</li>
<li>If the adjustment is required while the power switch on, do not step on the footswitch by mistake.</li>
<li>Please be careful not to be injured by a sharp part such as the needle and the shuttle hook point.</li>
<li>Please make sure to put the safety guards (eye guards, belt guards, link covers, and finger guards or the others) back on the initial position after the sewing machine adjustment.</li>
<li>Please make sure to lock the caster on the table when tilting the sewing machine.</li>
</ol>
<h5>STRUCTURE OF THE SEWING MACHINE</h5>
<p>PLK-G2010R electronic pattern sewing machine consists of the following main parts.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-5.webp" /></p>
<p>&lt;1&gt;: Sewing machine head &lt;2&gt;: Main shaft motor &lt;3&gt;: Halt switch &lt;4&gt;: Control box<br />
&lt;5&gt;: Operation panel &lt;6&gt;: Work holder foot switch &lt;7&gt;: Start foot switch &lt;8&gt;:Gas spring &lt;9&gt;: Steel stand &lt;10&gt;: Thread stand &lt;11&gt;: Work holder pedal (Option)</p>
<h4>INSTALLATION</h4>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ol>
<li>Please have some specialists, who have enough experience for the sewing machine installations, install the sewing machine.</li>
<li>Please have a qualified electrician perform necessary electric wiring.</li>
<li>Please do not operate until the sewing machine is repaired when any damage or fault is found on the sewing machine at the installation.</li>
<li>Please do not refurbish the sewing machine.</li>
<li>If the table and the steel stand are not MITSUBISHI original, the table and the steel stand have to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
<li>When fitting the caster to the steel stand that are not MITSUBISHI original, the caster with locking function has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Preparation of the table</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If the table is not MITSUBISHI original, the thickness of the table is required to have 40mm and that is strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
<li>Manufacture the table as shown on the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-5.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Preparation of the steel stand</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-6.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>If the steel stand is not MITSUBISHI original, please refer to the dimensions shown on the figure at the right.</li>
<li>When fitting the caster to the steel stand, the steel stand has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
<li>If the steel stand is MITSUBISHI PLK-G2516R original, assemble the steel stand with the assembling instructions enclosed in the packing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Preparation of the steel stand</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-7.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>If the steel stand is not MITSUBISHI original, please refer to the dimensions shown on the figure at the right.</li>
<li>When fitting the caster to the steel stand, the steel stand has to be strong enough to withstand the weight and vibration of the sewing machine.</li>
<li>If the steel stand is MITSUBISHI PLK-G2516R original, assemble the steel stand with the assembling instructions enclosed in the packing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Installation of the control box</strong><br />
Install the control box with the instructions in the paragraph “[3] Installation” in the technical manual.</p>
<p>For connector location see page 7, Section 3-10 of this catalog.</p>
<p><strong>Installation of the operation panel</strong><br />
Connect the operation panel PLK-G-PAL with the CON A on the rear of the control box. * See page 7 for the location.</p>
<p><strong>Installation of the power switch and footswitch</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Mount the power switch (No.1) with the wood screw (No.2) at the position as shown on the figure.</li>
<li>Hook up the connector (No.3) of the power switch to the control box CON B.</li>
<li>Attach the power plug (No.5) to the incoming electrical cable (No.4).</li>
<li>Fix the electric cables with the staples (No.6) to prevent the cables from hanging down.</li>
<li>Hook up the connector (No.8) of the footswitch (No.7) to the control box CON H.</li>
<li>As for the control box connector, refer to the instructions in the paragraph “3-10.Connection of the electric cables” in this manual.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>[Notice]</strong> Power plug (No.5) is not included in the accessory box.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-8.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Installation of the oil pan</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the oil pan A (No.1) from the accessory box then, set the oil bottle (No.2) to the oil pan A (No.1).</li>
<li>Put the oil pan at the position shown on the figure then, fix the oil pan with staples (No.3).</li>
<li>Set the damper cushions (No.4) to the table.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-9.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Installation of the machine head</strong></p>
<p><strong>CAUTION </strong></p>
<ol>
<li>The sewing machine is heavy. For the safety, please make sure to install the sewing machine head by more than one person.</li>
<li>When tilting the sewing machine, please stand at the hinge side and hold the sewing machine with both hands. Also, please lock the caster on the steel stand.</li>
<li>When tilting the sewing machine, the work clamp slides toward the hinges. Remember to move the work clamps fully to the right side of the casting before placing the sewing head in the sewing position.
<ol>
<li>Put the machine head carefully on the damper cushion.</li>
<li>Insert the hinge shafts (No.1) into the hole on the machine then, fix it to the machine with set screws (No.2).</li>
<li>Fit the hinge rubbers (No.4) and the support plates (No.5) into the holes of the hinges (No.3) then, set the hinges to the hinge shafts.</li>
<li>Fit the screw holes of the hinges (No.3) to the bolt setting holes then, fix the machine with the socket bolts (No.6) and the flat washers (No.7).</li>
<li>Fix the headrest (No.8) with safety socket bolts (No.9).</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-10.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Installation of the stays</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the bracket (No.3) after installing the machine head.</li>
<li>Fix the stay (right) (No.1) with the socket bolts (No.4), the flat washers (No.5), and the screws (No.6).</li>
<li>Attach the stay (left) (No.2) to the other side by the same procedure.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-11.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Installation of the tilting detect switch</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Install the switch unit (No.1) with the SW-MW screws (No.2) so that the switch turns on when the machine head in the initial position is pushed by the machine table.</li>
</ol>
<p>NOTE<br />
The switch unit (No.1) is temporarily fixed at the backside of the sewing machine bed. Fix it to the proper place as shown on the right figure.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-12.webp" /></p>
<p>&lt;1&gt;: Switch unit<br />
&lt;2&gt;: SW-MW screw (two screws)</p>
<p><strong>Installation of the eye guard</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Loosen the SW-MW screws (No.2) on the eye guard unit (No.1) then, mount the SW-PW screws (No.3) to the flat place of the sewing machine with the open guard.</li>
<li>Return the open guard to the initial position then, tighten the SW-MW screws (No.2).</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-13.webp" /></p>
<p>&lt;1&gt;: Eye guard unit&lt;2&gt;: SW-MW screw</p>
<p>&lt;3&gt;: SW-PW screw (two screws)</p>
<p><strong>Connection of the electric cables</strong></p>
<p><strong>CAUTION </strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Please make sure to ground the place where there is a mark. Failure to do so may cause electric shock and/or malfunction.
<ol>
<li>Connect the machine head and the control box with cables as shown on the figure.</li>
<li>Hold the dangling cables under the table with accessory tie holders (MB60A0420) and cord ties (MB60A0201). At this time, please check whether the cables are not pulled when tilting the sewing machine. There are wood screw prepared holes for the tie holders (MB60A0420) on the rear surface of the table.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-14.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Installation of the thread stand</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Assemble the parts (No.1 to No.11) of the thread stand as shown on the figure.</li>
<li>Fit the thread stand into the hole at the far right on the table stand with the nut (No.13) and the washers (No.12).</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-15.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Connection of the air tube</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the stepping motor cover.</li>
<li>Attach the air presser regulator assembly (No.1) underneath the table with the wood screws (No.2). The prepared holes are provided for the wood screws on the rear surface of the table.</li>
<li>Cut the part of sizeφ8 air tube (No.3) enclosed in the accessory box into about 1-meter length then, insert one end of this air tube into the manifold air fitting (No.5). The manifold is jointed with the magnet valves (No.4) and located at the left side surface of the sewing machine head.<br />
Beside, pass the other end of the air tube (No.3) through the cutout hole of the tabletop then, insert it into the air outlet fitting (No.6) of the cutout hole of the tabletop then, insert it into the air outlet fitting (No.6) of the air presser regulator (No.1).</li>
<li>Insert the one end of the resting air tube (No.3) into the intake air fitting (No.7) of the air coupling to be adopted with the air supply source provided in your factory.<br />
One of the air couplings is enclosed in the accessory box.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-16.webp" /></p>
<h4>LUBRICATION</h4>
<p><strong>CAUTION </strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Please make sure to turn power switch off before lubricating.</li>
<li>Please pay attention that oil does not get on your skin or in your eyes as it may cause an inflammation.</li>
<li>Please make sure to keep oil out of the reach of children who may drink oil by mistake.</li>
</ol>
<p>[Notice] Please make sure to lubricate when operating for the first time after the installation. Also, please make sure to check the amount of oil when the machine has not been used for a long time.</p>
<ol>
<li>The oil tanks are set at three places of the machine. Pour oil through the oil holes of (No.1 to No.3) to the oil tanks.</li>
<li>The oil tank No.1 and No.2 have level marks (at the center of the tank). Running out the oil may cause the machine to make abnormal noise and seize up. When the amount of oil decreases to one-third or less than one-third, make sure to fill the tank with oil. Also, do not pour oil more than the level marks. When tilting the machine head, it may cause oil leak.</li>
<li>The oil tank No.3 shows the oil amount by the tip of the indicator. The appropriate oil amount is between level marks (high and low red lines).</li>
</ol>
<h5><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-PLK-G2010R-Industrial-Sewing-Machine-18.webp" /></h5>
<h5>Initial setting of the control box</h5>
<p>When using the sewing machine for the first time, the model and the language of the sewing machine in use have to be set.<br />
Refer to the instructions in the paragraph “[6] Initial Setting of System (Model/language Setting)” in the CONTROL UNIT  technical manual.</p>
<p>From the library of Superior Sewing Machine &amp; Supply LLC – <a href="http://www.supsew.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.supsew.com</a></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit"><input id="comment_post_ID" name="comment_post_ID" type="hidden" value="3161800" /><br />
<input id="comment_parent" name="comment_parent" type="hidden" value="0" /></p>
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC Air-Conditioners PEA-M100 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/air-conditioners-pea-m100/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2023 12:04:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=98954</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; Air-Conditioners PEA-M100, 125, 140HAA OPERATION MANUAL For safe and correct use, please read this operation manual thoroughly before operating the air-conditioner unit. Note: The phrase “Wired remote controller” in this operation manual refers only to the PAR-40MAA. If you need any information for another remote controller, please refer to the instruction book included with the remote controller. Safety Precautions ►Before operating the unit, make sure you read all the “Safety precautions”. ► “Safety precautions” lists important points about safety. Please be sure to follow them. MEANINGS OF SYMBOLS ON THE UNIT WARNING (Risk of fire) This symbol is only for R32 refrigerants. The type of refrigerant used is written on the nameplate on the outdoor unit. R32 refrigerant is flammable. If the refrigerant leaks, or comes in contact with fire or parts that generate heat, it may create harmful gas and pose a risk of fire. Read the OPERATION MANUAL carefully before operation. Service personnel is required to carefully read the OPERATION MANUAL and INSTALLATION MANUAL before operation. Further information is available in the OPERATION MANUAL, INSTALLATION MANUAL, and the like. Symbols used in the text Warning: Describes precautions that should be observed to avoid the risk of injury or death to the user. Caution: Describes precautions that should be observed to prevent damage to the unit. Symbols used in the illustrations Warning: Carefully read the labels affixed to the main unit. Warning: These appliances are not accessible to the general public. The unit must not be installed by the user. Ask the dealer or an authorized company to install the unit. If the unit is installed improperly, water leakage, electric shock, or fire may result. Do not stand on, or place any items on the unit. This air conditioner is NOT intended for use by children or infirm persons without supervision. Young children must be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the air conditioner. When installing, relocating, or servicing the air conditioner, use only the specified refrigerant written on the outdoor unit to charge the refrigerant lines. Do not mix the refrigerant with any other refrigerant, and do not allow air to remain in the lines. – If air is mixed with the refrigerant, then it may cause abnormally high pressure in the refrigerant lines, resulting in an explosion and other hazards. – The use of any refrigerant other than that specified for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown. In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety. – It may also be in violation of applicable laws. – MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION cannot be held responsible for malfunctions or accidents resulting from the use of the wrong type of refrigerant. This indoor unit should be installed in a room that is equal to or larger than the floor space specified in the outdoor unit installation manual. Refer to the outdoor unit installation manual. Only use means recommended by the manufacturer to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean. This indoor unit shall be stored in a room that has no continuously operating ignition devices such as open flame, gas appliance, or electrical heater. Do not pierce a hole in or burn this indoor unit or refrigerant lines. Be aware that the refrigerant may be odor-free. Do not splash water over the unit and do not touch the unit with wet hands. An electric shock may result. Do not spray combustible gas close to the unit. Fire may result. Do not place a gas heater or any other open-flame appliance where it will be exposed to the air discharged from the unit. Incomplete combustion may result. Do not remove the front panel or the fan guard from the outdoor unit when it is running. You could be injured if you touch rotating, hot or high-voltage parts. Never insert fingers, sticks, etc. into the intakes or outlets, otherwise, an injury may result since the fan inside the unit rotates at high speed. Exercise particular care when children are present. If you detect odd smells, stop using the unit, turn off the power switch and consult your dealer. Otherwise, a breakdown, electric shock, or fire may result. When you notice exceptionally abnormal noise or vibration, stop the operation, turn off the power switch and contact your dealer. Do not over-cool. The most suitable inside temperature is one that is within 5°C of the outside temperature. Do not leave handicapped people or infants sitting or standing in the path of the airflow from the air-conditioner. This could cause health problems. Caution: Do not use any sharp object to push the buttons, as this may damage the remote controller. Do not twist or tug on the remote controller cord as this may damage the remote controller and cause malfunction. Never remove the upper case of the remote controller. It is dangerous to remove the upper case of the remote controller and touch the printed circuit boards inside. Doing so can result in fire and failure.  Never wipe the remote controller with benzene, thinner, chemical rags, etc. Doing so can result in discoloration and failure. To remove heavy stains, soak a cloth in neutral detergent mixed with water, wring it out thoroughly, wipe the stains off, and wipe again with a dry cloth. In case of failure Warning: Never remodel the air conditioner. Consult your dealer for any repair service. Improper repair work can result in water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.  If the remote controller displays an error indication, the air conditioner does not run, or there is any abnormality, stop operation and contact your dealer. Leaving the unit as it is under such conditions can result in fire or failure. If the power breaker is frequently activated, get in touch with your dealer. Leaving it as it is can result in fire or failure. If the refrigeration gas blows out or leaks, stop the operation of the air conditioner, thoroughly ventilate the room, and contact your dealer. Leaving the unit as it is can result in accidents due to oxygen deficiency. Disposing of the unit Warning: When you need to dispose of the unit, consult your dealer. If pipes are removed incorrectly, refrigerant (fluorocarbon gas) may blow out and come into contact with your skin, causing injury. Releasing refrigerants into the atmosphere also damages the environment. Never block or cover the indoor or outdoor unit’s intakes or outlets. Tall items of furniture underneath the indoor unit, or bulky items such as large boxes placed close to the outdoor unit will reduce the unit’s efficiency. Do not direct the airflow at plants or caged pets. Ventilate the room frequently. If the unit is operated continuously in a closed room for a long period of time, the air will become stale. When the air conditioner is not to be used for a long time  If the air conditioner is not to be used for a long time due to a seasonal change, etc., run it for 4 – 5 hours with the air blowing until the inside is completely dry. Failing to do so can result in the growth of unhygienic, unhealthy mold in scattered areas throughout the room. When it is not to be used for an extended time, keep the [power supply] turned OFF. If the power supply is kept on, several watts or several tens of watts will be wasted. Also, the accumulation of dust, etc., can result in fire. Keep the power switched ON for more than 12 hours before starting operation. Do not turn the power supply OFF during seasons of heavy use. Doing so can result in failure. Parts Names ■ Indoor Unit PEA-M·HAA Fan steps 4 steps Vane – Louver – Filter – Filter cleaning indication – ■ PEA-M·HAA Ceiling Concealed ■ Wired Remote Controller Controller interface When the backlight is off, pressing any button turns the backlight on and does not perform its function. (except for the ON/OFF button) The functions of the function buttons change depending on the screen. Refer to the button function guide that appears at the bottom of the LCD for the functions they serve on a given screen. When the system is centrally controlled, the button function guide that corresponds to the locked button will not appear. ① ON/OFF button Press to turn ON/OFF the indoor unit. ② SELECT button Press to save the setting. ③ RETURN button Press to return to the previous screen. ④ MENU button Press to bring up the Main menu. ⑤ Backlit LCD Operation settings will appear. When the backlight is off, pressing any button turns the backlight on and it will stay lit for a certain period of time depending on the screen. ⑥ ON/OFF lamp This lamp lights up in green while the unit is in operation. It blinks while the remote controller is starting up or when there is an error. ⑦ Function button F1 Main display: Press to change the operation mode. Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen. ⑧ Function button F2 Main display: Press to decrease temperature. Main menu: Press to move the cursor left. Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen. ⑨ Function button F3 Main display: Press to increase temperature. Main menu: Press to move the cursor right. Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen. ⑩ Function button F4 Main display: Press to change the fan speed. Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen. Display The main display can be displayed in two different modes: “Full” and “Basic.” The factory setting is “Full.” &#60;Full mode&#62; &#60;Basic mode&#62;  ① Operation mode Indoor unit operation mode appears here. ② Preset temperature Preset temperature appears here. ③ Clock The current time appears here. ④ Fan speed Fan speed setting appears here. ⑤ Button function guide Functions of the corresponding buttons appear here. ⑥ Appears when the ON/OFF operation is centrally controlled. ⑦ Appears when the operation mode is centrally controlled. ⑧ Appears when the preset temperature is centrally controlled. ⑨ Appears when the filter reset function is centrally controlled. ⑩ Indicates when the filter needs maintenance. ⑪ Room temperature The current room temperature appears here.  ⑫ Appears when the buttons are locked. ⑬ Appears when the On/Off timer, Night setback, or Auto-off timer function is enabled. appears when the timer is disabled by the centralized control system. ⑭ Appears when the Weekly timer is enabled. ⑮ Appears while the units are operated in the energy-save mode. ⑯ Appears while the outdoor units are operated in the silent mode. ⑰ Appears when the built-in thermistor on the remote controller is activated to monitor the room temperature (⑪ ). appears when the thermistor on the indoor unit is activated to monitor the room temperature. ⑱ Appears when the preset temperature range is restricted. ⑲ Appears when an energy-saving operation is performed using a “3D i-See sensor” function. ■ Wireless Remote-Controller (option) ■ When using the wireless remote controller, point it towards the receiver on the indoor unit. ■ If the remote controller is operated within approximately two minutes after power is supplied to the indoor unit, the indoor unit may beep twice as the unit is performing the initial automatic check. ■ The indoor unit beeps to confirm that the signal transmitted from the remote controller has been received. Signals can be received up to approximately 7 meters in a direct line from the indoor unit in an area 45° to the left and right of the unit. However, illumination such as fluorescent lights and strong light can affect the ability of the indoor unit to receive signals. ■ If the operation lamp near the receiver on the indoor unit is flashing, the unit needs to be inspected. Consult your dealer for service. ■ Handle the remote controller carefully! Do not drop the remote controller or subject it to strong shocks. In addition, do not get the remote controller wet or leave it in a location with high humidity. ■ To avoid misplacing the remote controller, install the holder included with the remote controller on a wall, and be sure to always place the remote controller in the holder after use. Battery installation/replacement Remove the top cover, insert two AAA batteries, and then install the top cover. Press the Reset button. Operation ■ About the operation method, refer to the operation manual that comes with each remote controller. Mode select  For wired remote controller *1 Operation modes that are not available to the connected indoor unit models will not appear on the display. *2 Single or dual setpoints will appear, depending on the indoor unit model. * Interlocked operation is performed in all the operation modes when the ventilation unit is interlocked. What the blinking mode icon means The mode icon will blink when other indoor units in the same refrigerant system (connected to the same outdoor unit) are already operated in a different mode. In this case, the rest of the unit in the same group can only be operated in the same mode. For wireless remote controller ■ Press the operation mode button ② and select operation mode 2. Automatic operation ■ According to a set temperature, the cooling operation starts if the room temperature is too hot and heating operation starts if the room temperature is too cold. ■ During automatic operation, if the room temperature changes and remains 2 °C or more above the set temperature for 15 minutes, the air conditioner switches to cooling mode. In the same way, if the room temperature remains 2 °C or more below the set temperature for 15 minutes, the air conditioner switches to heating mode. ■ Because the room temperature is automatically adjusted in order to maintain a fixed effective temperature, a cooling operation is performed a few degrees warmer, and a heating operation is performed a few degrees cooler than the set room temperature once the temperature is reached (automatic energy-saving operation).  Preset temperature setting  For wired remote controller Preset temperature will be displayed either in Celsius in 0.5- or 1-degree  increments, or in Fahrenheit, depending on the indoor unit model and the display mode setting on the remote controller. &#60;Cool, Dry, Heat, and Auto (single set point)&#62; Press button ⑧ [F2] to decrease the preset temperature. Press button ⑨ [F3] to increase the preset temperature. &#60;Auto (dual set point)&#62; Press button ⑧ [F2] or ⑨ [F3]. Press button ⑦ [F1] or button ⑧ [F2] to move the cursor to the desired temperature setting (cooling or heating). Press button ⑨ [F3] to decrease the selected temperature, and ⑩ [F4] to increase. For wireless remote controller ► To decrease the room temperature: Press button ③ to set the desired temperature. The selected temperature is displayed 3. • Each time you press the button, the temperature value decreases by 1 °C. ► To increase the room temperature: Press button ③ to set the desired temperature. The selected temperature is displayed 3. Each time you press the button, the temperature value decreases by 1 °C. Available temperature ranges are as follows: Cooling/Drying: 19 – 30 °C Heating: 17 – 28 °C Automatic: 19 – 28 °C The display flashes either 8 °C – 39 °C to inform you if the room temperature is lower or higher than the displayed temperature.  Fan speed setting  For wired remote controller Press button ⑩ [F4] to go through the fan speed. * The number of available fan speeds depends on the model. Notes: The actual fan speed will be different from the fan speed displayed on the LCD when one of the following conditions is met. While “Standby” or “Defrost” is displayed When the room temperature is higher than the preset temperature  during the heating mode Right after the heating operation (during stand by for switching the operation mode)  During the dry mode  For wireless remote controller ■ Press ④ button to select the desired fan speed. Each time you press the button, available options change with the display 4 on the remote controller, as shown below. Notes: In the following cases, the actual fan speed generated by the unit will differ from the speed shown the remote controller display. While the display is in “STAND BY” or “DEFROST” states. When the temperature of the heat exchanger is low in the heating mode. (e.g. immediately after heating operation starts)  In HEAT mode, when room temperature is higher than the temperature setting. When the unit is in DRY mode. ■ Timer functions are different by each remote controller. ■ For details on how to operate the remote controller, refer to the appropriate operation manual included with each remote controller. 4.1. For wireless remote controller (option) 1) Set the current time 1) Press the CLOCK button using a thin stick and blink the time A. 2 )Press the and min buttons to set the current time. 3) Press the CLOCK button using a thin stick. 2) Set the time to start the unit as follows 1 Press the button. Time can be set while the following symbol is blinking. On-time: B START is blinking. The start times are displayed at A. 2) Use the and buttons to set the desired time. 3) To cancel the ON timer, press the button. 3) Set the time to stop the unit as follows 1 Press thebutton.  Time can be set while the following symbol is blinking. Off time: C STOP is blinking. The stop times are displayed at D. 2 )Use the andbuttons to set the desired time. 3 )To cancel the OFF timer, press the button. 4) Changing the set times Press theor to cancel the timer and repeat from 2) or 3). Emergency Operation for Wireless Remote-controller (option)  ON/OFF lamp (lit when the unit is operating; unlit when the unit is not operating) Emergency operation In cases where the remote control unit does not operate properly, use either the COOL or HEAT button on the wireless remote control signal receiver to toggle the unit on or off. On cooler only units, pushing the  HEAT button toggles the fan on and off. Pressing the COOL or HEAT button selects the following settings. Operation mode COOL HEAT Preset temperature 24 °C/75 °F 24 °C/75 °F Fan speed High High Trouble Shooting Having trouble? Here is the solution. (Unit is operating normally.) Air conditioner does not heat or cool well.  Clean the filter. (Airflow is reduced when the filter is dirty or clogged.) Check the temperature adjustment and adjust the set temperature. Make sure that there is plenty of space around the outdoor unit. Is the indoor unit air intake or outlet blocked?  Has a door or window been left open? When heating operation starts, warm air does not blow from the indoor unit soon. Warm air does not blow until the indoor unit has sufficiently warmed up. During the heating mode, the air conditioner stops before the set room temperature is reached. When the outdoor temperature is low and the humidity is high, frost may form on the outdoor unit. If this occurs, the outdoor unit performs a defrosting operation. Normal operation should begin after approximately 10 minutes. A flowing water sound or occasional hissing sound is heard. These sounds can be heard when the refrigerant is flowing in the air conditioner or when the refrigerant flow is changing. A cracking or creaking sound is heard. These sounds can be heard when parts rub against each other due to expansion and contraction from temperature changes. The room has an unpleasant odor. The indoor unit draws in air that contains gases produced from the walls, carpeting, and furniture as well as odors trapped in clothing, and then blows this air back into the room. A white mist or vapor is emitted from the indoor unit.  If the indoor temperature and the humidity are high, this condition may occur when the operation starts. During defrosting mode, cool airflow may blow down and appear like a mist. Water or vapor is emitted from the outdoor unit. During cooling mode, water may form and drip from the cool pipes and joints.  During the heating mode, water may form and drip from the heat exchanger. During defrosting mode, water on the heat exchanger evaporates and water vapor may be emitted. appears in the remote controller display.   During central control, When restarting the air conditioner soon after stopping it, it does not operate even though the ON/OFF button is pressed. Wait approximately three minutes. (Operation has stopped to protect the air conditioner.) Air conditioner operates without the ON/OFF button being pressed.  Is the on-timer set? Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation. Is the air conditioner connected to a central remote controller? Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner.  Does  appear in the remote controller display? Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner. Has the auto-recovery feature from power failures been set? Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation. Air conditioner stops without the ON/OFF button being pressed. Is the off-timer set? Press the ON/OFF button to restart the operation. Is the air conditioner connected to a central remote controller? Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner. Does Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner. Remote controller timer operation cannot be set. Are timer settings invalid? If the timer can be set or appears in the remote controller display. “PLEASE WAIT” appears in the remote controller display. The initial settings are being performed. Wait approximately 3 minutes. An error code appears in the remote controller display. The protection devices have operated to protect the air conditioner. Do not attempt to repair this equipment by yourself. Turn off the power switch immediately and consult your dealer. Be sure to provide the dealer with the model name and information that appeared in the remote controller display. Draining water or motor rotation sound is heard.  When the cooling operation stops, the drain pump operates and then stops. Wait approximately 3 minutes. The fan speed changes in spite of not changing the setting.  Not to blow out cold air at the beginning of the heating operation, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed gradually from lower to the set speed. It also adjusts its fan speed to protect the fan motor when return air temperature or fan speed excessively rises. Having trouble? Here is the solution. (Unit is operating normally.) Noise is louder than specifications. The indoor operation sound level is affected by the acoustics of the particular room as shown in the following table and will be higher than the noise specification, which was measured in an echo-free room. Nothing appears in the wireless remote controller display, the display  is faint, or signals are not received by the indoor unit unless the remote controller is close.  The batteries are low. Replace the batteries and press the Reset button.If nothing appears even after the batteries are replaced, make sure that the batteries are installed in the correct directions (+, –). The operation lamp near the receiver for the wireless remote controller on the indoor unit is flashing.  The self diagnosis function has operated to protect the air conditioner. Do not attempt to repair this equipment by yourself. Turn off the power switch immediately and consult your dealer. Be sure Item Model PEA-M100HAA PEA-M125HAA PEA-M140HAA Dimension Height / Width / Depth mm 380/1405/900 Net weight kg 63 66 66   Fan Airflow rate (Low-Mid1-Mid2-High) 50Pa m3/min 30-34-38-42 42-48-54-60 42-48-54-60 100Pa m3/min 30-34-38-42 42-48-54-60 42-48-54-60 150Pa m3/min 30-34-38-42 42-48-54-58 42-48-54-58 External static pressure Pa 50/100/150 Sound pressure level (Low-Mid1-Mid2-High) 50Pa dB(A) 29-32-36-38 35-38-42-45 35-38-42-45 100Pa dB(A) 33-36-39-42 36-40-43-46 36-40-43-46 150Pa dB(A) 36-39-42-45 39-43-46-48 39-43-46-48 Please be sure to put the contact address/telephone number on this manual before handing it to the customer. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN VG79D916H02 [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/air-conditioners-pea-m100/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/name.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>Air-Conditioners</strong><br />
PEA-M100, 125, 140HAA</p>
<p><strong>OPERATION MANUAL</strong><br />
For safe and correct use, please read this operation manual thoroughly before operating the air-conditioner unit.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
The phrase “Wired remote controller” in this operation manual refers only to the PAR-40MAA. If you need any information for another remote controller, please refer to the instruction book included with the remote controller.</p>
<h4>Safety Precautions</h4>
<p>►Before operating the unit, make sure you read all the “Safety precautions”.<br />
► “Safety precautions” lists important points about safety. Please be sure to follow them.</p>
<p><strong>MEANINGS OF SYMBOLS ON THE UNIT</strong></p>
<table width="1247">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="72"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-11.jpg" /></td>
<td width="96">WARNING</p>
<p>(Risk of fire)</td>
<td width="348">This symbol is only for R32 refrigerants. The type of refrigerant used is written on the nameplate on the outdoor unit.<br />
R32 refrigerant is flammable. If the refrigerant leaks, or comes in contact with fire or parts that generate heat, it may create harmful gas and pose a risk of fire.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="72"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo2-3.jpg" /></td>
<td colspan="2" width="444">Read the OPERATION MANUAL carefully before operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="72"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo3-2.jpg" /></td>
<td colspan="2" width="444">Service personnel is required to carefully read the OPERATION MANUAL and INSTALLATION MANUAL before operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="72"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo4-2.jpg" /></td>
<td colspan="2" width="444">Further information is available in the OPERATION MANUAL, INSTALLATION MANUAL, and the like.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Symbols used in the text</strong><br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Warning:</strong><br />
Describes precautions that should be observed to avoid the risk of injury or death to the user.<br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Caution:</strong><br />
Describes precautions that should be observed to prevent damage to the unit.</p>
<p><strong>Symbols used in the illustrations</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/ed-in-the-illustrations.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Warning:</strong><br />
Carefully read the labels affixed to the main unit.<br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Warning:</strong><br />
These appliances are not accessible to the general public.<br />
The unit must not be installed by the user. Ask the dealer or an authorized company to install the unit. If the unit is installed improperly, water leakage, electric shock, or fire may result.<br />
Do not stand on, or place any items on the unit.<br />
This air conditioner is NOT intended for use by children or infirm persons without supervision.<br />
Young children must be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the air conditioner.<br />
When installing, relocating, or servicing the air conditioner, use only the specified refrigerant written on the outdoor unit to charge the refrigerant lines. Do not mix the refrigerant with any other refrigerant, and do not allow air to remain in the lines.<br />
– If air is mixed with the refrigerant, then it may cause abnormally high pressure in the refrigerant lines, resulting in an explosion and other hazards.<br />
– The use of any refrigerant other than that specified for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown. In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.<br />
– It may also be in violation of applicable laws.<br />
– MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION cannot be held responsible for malfunctions or accidents resulting from the use of the wrong type of refrigerant.</p>
<ul>
<li>This indoor unit should be installed in a room that is equal to or larger than the floor space specified in the outdoor unit installation manual. Refer to the outdoor unit installation manual.</li>
<li>Only use means recommended by the manufacturer to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean.</li>
<li>This indoor unit shall be stored in a room that has no continuously operating ignition devices such as open flame, gas appliance, or electrical heater.</li>
<li>Do not pierce a hole in or burn this indoor unit or refrigerant lines.</li>
<li>Be aware that the refrigerant may be odor-free.</li>
<li>Do not splash water over the unit and do not touch the unit with wet hands. An electric shock may result.</li>
<li>Do not spray combustible gas close to the unit. Fire may result.</li>
<li>Do not place a gas heater or any other open-flame appliance where it will be exposed to the air discharged from the unit.<br />
Incomplete combustion may result.</li>
<li>Do not remove the front panel or the fan guard from the outdoor unit when it is running. You could be injured if you touch rotating, hot or high-voltage parts.</li>
<li>Never insert fingers, sticks, etc. into the intakes or outlets, otherwise, an injury may result since the fan inside the unit rotates at high speed. Exercise particular care when children are present.</li>
<li>If you detect odd smells, stop using the unit, turn off the power switch and consult your dealer. Otherwise, a breakdown, electric shock, or fire may result.</li>
<li>When you notice exceptionally abnormal noise or vibration, stop the operation, turn off the power switch and contact your dealer.</li>
<li>Do not over-cool. The most suitable inside temperature is one that is within 5°C of the outside temperature.</li>
<li>Do not leave handicapped people or infants sitting or standing in the path of the airflow from the air-conditioner. This could cause health problems.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Caution:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Do not use any sharp object to push the buttons, as this may damage the remote controller.</li>
<li>Do not twist or tug on the remote controller cord as this may damage the remote controller and cause malfunction.</li>
<li>Never remove the upper case of the remote controller. It is dangerous to remove the upper case of the remote controller and touch the printed circuit boards inside. Doing so can result in fire and failure.</li>
<li> Never wipe the remote controller with benzene, thinner, chemical rags, etc. Doing so can result in discoloration and failure. To remove heavy stains, soak a cloth in neutral detergent mixed with water, wring it out thoroughly, wipe the stains off, and wipe again with a dry cloth.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>In case of failure</strong><br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Warning:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Never remodel the air conditioner. Consult your dealer for any repair service. Improper repair work can result in water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.</li>
<li> If the remote controller displays an error indication, the air conditioner does not run, or there is any abnormality, stop operation and contact your dealer. Leaving the unit as it is under such conditions can result in fire or failure.</li>
<li>If the power breaker is frequently activated, get in touch with your dealer. Leaving it as it is can result in fire or failure.</li>
<li>If the refrigeration gas blows out or leaks, stop the operation of the air conditioner, thoroughly ventilate the room, and contact your dealer. Leaving the unit as it is can result in accidents due to oxygen deficiency.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Disposing of the unit</strong><br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Danger-Warning.png" />Warning:</strong><br />
When you need to dispose of the unit, consult your dealer. If pipes are removed incorrectly, refrigerant (fluorocarbon gas) may blow out and come into contact with your skin, causing injury. Releasing refrigerants into the atmosphere also damages the environment.</p>
<ul>
<li>Never block or cover the indoor or outdoor unit’s intakes or outlets. Tall items of furniture underneath the indoor unit, or bulky items such as large boxes placed close to the outdoor unit will reduce the unit’s efficiency.</li>
<li>Do not direct the airflow at plants or caged pets.</li>
<li>Ventilate the room frequently. If the unit is operated continuously in a closed room for a long period of time, the air will become stale.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>When the air conditioner is not to be used for a long time</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> If the air conditioner is not to be used for a long time due to a seasonal change, etc., run it for 4 – 5 hours with the air blowing until the inside is completely dry. Failing to do so can result in the growth of unhygienic, unhealthy mold in scattered areas throughout the room.</li>
<li>When it is not to be used for an extended time, keep the [power supply] turned OFF.<br />
If the power supply is kept on, several watts or several tens of watts will be wasted. Also, the accumulation of dust, etc., can result in fire.</li>
<li>Keep the power switched ON for more than 12 hours before starting operation. Do not turn the power supply OFF during seasons of heavy use. Doing so can result in failure.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Parts Names</h4>
<p><strong>■ Indoor Unit</strong></p>
<table width="853">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="162"></td>
<td width="102">PEA-M·HAA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="162">Fan steps</td>
<td width="102">4 steps</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="162">Vane</td>
<td width="102">–</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="162">Louver</td>
<td width="102">–</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="162">Filter</td>
<td width="102">–</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="162">Filter cleaning indication</td>
<td width="102">–</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>■ PEA-M·HAA</strong><br />
Ceiling Concealed</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-PEA-MC2B7HAA.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>■ Wired Remote Controller</strong><br />
<strong>Controller interface</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-Controller-interface.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<ul>
<li>When the backlight is off, pressing any button turns the backlight on<br />
and does not perform its function. (except for the ON/OFF button)</li>
</ul>
<p>The functions of the function buttons change depending on the screen. Refer to the button function guide that appears at the bottom of the LCD for the functions they serve on a given screen.<br />
When the system is centrally controlled, the button function guide that corresponds to the locked button will not appear.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-not-appea.jpg" /></p>
<p><strong>① ON/OFF button</strong><br />
Press to turn ON/OFF the indoor unit.<br />
<strong>② SELECT button</strong><br />
Press to save the setting.<br />
<strong>③ RETURN button</strong><br />
Press to return to the previous screen.<br />
<strong>④ MENU button</strong><br />
Press to bring up the Main menu.<br />
<strong>⑤ Backlit LCD</strong><br />
Operation settings will appear.<br />
When the backlight is off, pressing any button turns the backlight on and it will stay lit for a certain period of time depending on the screen.</p>
<p><strong>⑥ ON/OFF lamp</strong><br />
This lamp lights up in green while the unit is in operation. It blinks while the remote controller is starting up or when there is an error.<br />
<strong>⑦ Function button F1</strong><br />
Main display: Press to change the operation mode.<br />
Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen.<br />
<strong>⑧ Function button F2</strong><br />
Main display: Press to decrease temperature.<br />
Main menu: Press to move the cursor left.<br />
Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen.<br />
<strong>⑨ Function button F3</strong><br />
Main display: Press to increase temperature.<br />
Main menu: Press to move the cursor right.<br />
Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen.<br />
<strong>⑩ Function button F4</strong><br />
Main display: Press to change the fan speed.<br />
Menu screen: The button function varies with the screen.</p>
<h4><strong>Display</strong></h4>
<p>The main display can be displayed in two different modes: “Full” and “Basic.”<br />
The factory setting is “Full.”</p>
<p><strong>&lt;Full mode&gt;</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-2.-Parts-Names.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>&lt;Basic mode&gt;</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-2.-Parts-Names3.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong> ① Operation mode</strong><br />
Indoor unit operation mode appears here.<br />
<strong>② Preset temperature</strong><br />
Preset temperature appears here.<br />
<strong>③ Clock</strong><br />
The current time appears here.<br />
<strong>④ Fan speed</strong><br />
Fan speed setting appears here.<br />
<strong>⑤ Button function guide</strong><br />
Functions of the corresponding buttons appear here.<br />
<strong>⑥<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-133.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Appears when the ON/OFF operation is centrally controlled.<br />
<strong>⑦<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-6-1.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Appears when the operation mode is centrally controlled.<br />
<strong>⑧<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-10258.jpg" /></strong><br />
Appears when the preset temperature is centrally controlled.<br />
<strong>⑨<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-9-1.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Appears when the filter reset function is centrally controlled.<br />
<strong>⑩<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-10-1.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Indicates when the filter needs maintenance.<br />
<strong>⑪ Room temperature</strong><br />
The current room temperature appears here.<br />
<strong> ⑫<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-12.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Appears when the buttons are locked.</p>
<p><strong>⑬<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-129.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Appears when the On/Off timer, Night setback, or Auto-off timer function is enabled.<br />
appears when the timer is disabled by the centralized control system.<br />
<strong>⑭<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-14.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></strong><br />
Appears when the Weekly timer is enabled.<br />
<strong>⑮<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo15.jpg" /></strong><br />
Appears while the units are operated in the energy-save mode.<br />
<strong>⑯<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-16.jpg" /></strong><br />
Appears while the outdoor units are operated in the silent mode.<br />
<strong>⑰<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo17.jpg" /></strong><br />
Appears when the built-in thermistor on the remote controller is activated to monitor the room temperature (⑪ ).<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-17.jpg" />appears when the thermistor on the indoor unit is activated to monitor the room temperature.<br />
<strong>⑱<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-18.jpg" /></strong><br />
Appears when the preset temperature range is restricted.<br />
<strong>⑲<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-19.jpg" /></strong><br />
Appears when an energy-saving operation is performed using a “3D i-See sensor” function.</p>
<p><strong>■ Wireless Remote-Controller (option)</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Remote.jpg" /></p>
<p>■ When using the wireless remote controller, point it towards the receiver on the indoor unit.<br />
■ If the remote controller is operated within approximately two minutes after power is supplied to the indoor unit, the indoor unit may beep twice as the unit is performing the initial automatic check.<br />
■ The indoor unit beeps to confirm that the signal transmitted from the remote controller has been received. Signals can be received up to approximately 7 meters in a direct line from the indoor unit in an area 45° to the left and right of the unit. However, illumination such as fluorescent lights and strong light can affect the ability of the indoor unit to receive signals.<br />
■ If the operation lamp near the receiver on the indoor unit is flashing, the unit needs to be inspected. Consult your dealer for service.<br />
■ Handle the remote controller carefully! Do not drop the remote controller or subject it to strong shocks. In addition, do not get the remote controller wet or leave it in a location with high humidity.<br />
■ To avoid misplacing the remote controller, install the holder included with the remote controller on a wall, and be sure to always place the remote controller in the holder after use.</p>
<p><strong>Battery installation/replacement</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the top cover, insert two AAA batteries, and then install the top cover.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-top-cover.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></li>
<li>Press the Reset button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-Reset-button.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<h4>Operation</h4>
<p><strong>■ About the operation method, refer to the operation manual that comes with each remote controller.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Mode select</strong><br />
<strong> For wired remote controller</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-controller2.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p>*1 Operation modes that are not available to the connected indoor unit models will not appear on the display.<br />
*2 Single or dual setpoints will appear, depending on the indoor unit model.<br />
* Interlocked operation is performed in all the operation modes when the ventilation unit is interlocked.</p>
<p><strong>What the blinking mode icon means</strong><br />
The mode icon will blink when other indoor units in the same refrigerant system (connected to the same outdoor unit) are already operated in a different mode. In this case, the rest of the unit in the same group can<br />
only be operated in the same mode.</p>
<p><strong>For wireless remote controller</strong><br />
■ Press the operation mode<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-controller3.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a> button ② and select operation mode 2.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-controller5.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>Automatic operation</strong><br />
■ According to a set temperature, the cooling operation starts if the room temperature is too hot and heating operation starts if the room temperature is too cold.<br />
■ During automatic operation, if the room temperature changes and remains 2 °C or more above the set temperature for 15 minutes, the air conditioner switches to cooling mode. In the same way, if the room<br />
temperature remains 2 °C or more below the set temperature for 15 minutes, the air conditioner switches to heating mode.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-heating-mode.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p>■ Because the room temperature is automatically adjusted in order to maintain a fixed effective temperature, a cooling operation is performed a few degrees warmer, and a heating operation is performed a few degrees cooler than the set room temperature once the temperature is reached (automatic energy-saving operation).</p>
<p><strong> Preset temperature setting</strong><br />
<strong> For wired remote controller</strong><br />
Preset temperature will be displayed either in Celsius in 0.5- or 1-degree  increments, or in Fahrenheit, depending on the indoor unit model and the display mode setting on the remote controller.<br />
<strong>&lt;Cool, Dry, Heat, and Auto (single set point)&gt;</strong><br />
Press button ⑧ [F2] to decrease the preset temperature.<br />
Press button ⑨ [F3] to increase the preset temperature.<br />
<strong>&lt;Auto (dual set point)&gt;</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Press button ⑧ [F2] or ⑨ [F3].<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-selected-temperature.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></li>
<li>Press button ⑦ [F1] or button ⑧ [F2] to move the cursor to the desired temperature setting (cooling or heating).<br />
Press button ⑨ [F3] to decrease the selected temperature, and ⑩ [F4] to increase.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-l-set-poin.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>For wireless remote controller</strong><br />
<strong>► To decrease the room temperature:</strong><br />
Press <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-120.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a>button ③ to set the desired temperature.<br />
The selected temperature is displayed 3.<br />
• Each time you press the button, the temperature value decreases by 1 °C.<br />
<strong>► To increase the room temperature:</strong><br />
Press<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-102.jpg" /> button ③ to set the desired temperature.<br />
The selected temperature is displayed 3.</p>
<ul>
<li>Each time you press the button, the temperature value decreases by 1 °C.</li>
<li>Available temperature ranges are as follows:<br />
Cooling/Drying: 19 – 30 °C<br />
Heating: 17 – 28 °C<br />
Automatic: 19 – 28 °C</li>
<li>The display flashes either 8 °C – 39 °C to inform you if the room temperature is lower or higher than the displayed temperature.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong> Fan speed setting</strong><br />
<strong> For wired remote controller</strong><br />
Press button ⑩ [F4] to go through the fan speed.<br />
* The number of available fan speeds depends on the model.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-through-the.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong><br />
The actual fan speed will be different from the fan speed displayed<br />
on the LCD when one of the following conditions is met.</p>
<ul>
<li>While “Standby” or “Defrost” is displayed</li>
<li>When the room temperature is higher than the preset temperature  during the heating mode</li>
<li>Right after the heating operation (during stand by for switching the operation mode)</li>
<li> During the dry mode</li>
</ul>
<p><strong> For wireless remote controller</strong><br />
■ Press<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1011.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a> ④ button to select the desired fan speed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Each time you press the button, available options change with the display 4 on the remote controller, as shown below.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-through-the.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>In the following cases, the actual fan speed generated by the unit will differ from the speed shown the remote controller display.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>While the display is in “STAND BY” or “DEFROST” states.</li>
<li>When the temperature of the heat exchanger is low in the heating mode.<br />
(e.g. immediately after heating operation starts)</li>
<li> In HEAT mode, when room temperature is higher than the temperature setting.</li>
<li>When the unit is in DRY mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ Timer functions are different by each remote controller.<br />
■ For details on how to operate the remote controller, refer to the appropriate operation manual included with each remote controller.</p>
<p><strong>4.1. For wireless remote controller (option)</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-controller23.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p><strong>1) Set the current time</strong><br />
1) Press the CLOCK button using a thin stick and blink the time A.<br />
2 )Press the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-105.jpg" /> and<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1257.jpg" /> min buttons to set the current time.<br />
3) Press the CLOCK button using a thin stick.<br />
<strong>2) Set the time to start the unit as follows</strong><br />
1 Press the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1057.jpg" />button.</p>
<ul>
<li>Time can be set while the following symbol is blinking.<br />
On-time: B START is blinking.</li>
<li>The start times are displayed at A.<br />
2) Use the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-105.jpg" /> and <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1257.jpg" />buttons to set the desired time.<br />
3) To cancel the ON timer, press the<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1057.jpg" /> button.<br />
<strong>3) Set the time to stop the unit as follows</strong><br />
1 Press the<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1025.jpg" />button.</li>
<li> Time can be set while the following symbol is blinking.<br />
Off time: C STOP is blinking.</li>
<li>The stop times are displayed at D.<br />
2 )Use the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-105.jpg" />and<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1257.jpg" />buttons to set the desired time.<br />
3 )To cancel the OFF timer, press the button.<br />
4) Changing the set times<br />
Press the<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1057.jpg" />or to cancel the timer and repeat from 2) or 3).</li>
</ul>
<h4>Emergency Operation for Wireless Remote-controller (option)</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-Air-Conditioners-Wireless.jpg" /></p>
<ol>
<li> <strong>ON/OFF lamp</strong> (lit when the unit is operating; unlit when the unit is not operating)</li>
<li><strong>Emergency operation</strong><br />
In cases where the remote control unit does not operate properly, use either the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-106.jpg" />COOL or <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1026.jpg" /> HEAT button on the wireless remote control signal receiver to toggle the unit on or off. On cooler only units, pushing the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1026.jpg" /> HEAT button toggles the fan on and off.<br />
Pressing the <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-106.jpg" />COOL or <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-1026.jpg" /> HEAT button selects the following settings.</li>
</ol>
<table width="564">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="144">Operation mode</td>
<td width="90">COOL</td>
<td width="84">HEAT</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">Preset temperature</td>
<td width="90">24 °C/75 °F</td>
<td width="84">24 °C/75 °F</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">Fan speed</td>
<td width="90">High</td>
<td width="84">High</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Trouble Shooting</h4>
<table width="1205">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="312"><strong>Having trouble?</strong></td>
<td width="312"><strong>Here is the solution. (Unit is operating normally.)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Air conditioner does not heat or cool well.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li> Clean the filter. (Airflow is reduced when the filter is dirty or clogged.)</li>
<li>Check the temperature adjustment and adjust the set temperature.</li>
<li>Make sure that there is plenty of space around the outdoor unit. Is the indoor unit air intake or outlet blocked?</li>
<li> Has a door or window been left open?</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">When heating operation starts, warm air does not blow from the indoor unit soon.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>Warm air does not blow until the indoor unit has sufficiently warmed up.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">During the heating mode, the air conditioner stops before the set room temperature is reached.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>When the outdoor temperature is low and the humidity is high, frost may form on the outdoor unit. If this occurs, the outdoor unit performs a defrosting operation. Normal operation should begin after approximately 10 minutes.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">A flowing water sound or occasional hissing sound is heard.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>These sounds can be heard when the refrigerant is flowing in the air conditioner or when the refrigerant flow is changing.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">A cracking or creaking sound is heard.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>These sounds can be heard when parts rub against each other due to expansion and contraction from temperature changes.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">The room has an unpleasant odor.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>The indoor unit draws in air that contains gases produced from the walls, carpeting, and furniture as well as odors trapped in clothing, and then blows this air back into the room.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">A white mist or vapor is emitted from the indoor unit.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li> If the indoor temperature and the humidity are high, this condition may occur when the operation starts.</li>
<li>During defrosting mode, cool airflow may blow down and appear like a mist.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Water or vapor is emitted from the outdoor unit.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>During cooling mode, water may form and drip from the cool pipes and joints.</li>
<li> During the heating mode, water may form and drip from the heat exchanger.</li>
<li>During defrosting mode, water on the heat exchanger evaporates and water vapor may be emitted.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-108.jpg" />appears in the remote controller display.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>  During central control, <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-108.jpg" /></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">When restarting the air conditioner soon after stopping it, it does not operate even though the ON/OFF button is pressed.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li>Wait approximately three minutes. (Operation has stopped to protect the air conditioner.)</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Air conditioner operates without the ON/OFF button being pressed.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li> Is the on-timer set? Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation.</li>
<li>Is the air conditioner connected to a central remote controller?</li>
<li>Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner.</li>
<li> Does <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-108.jpg" /> appear in the remote controller display?</li>
<li>Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner.<br />
Has the auto-recovery feature from power failures been set? Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Air conditioner stops without the ON/OFF button being pressed.</td>
<td width="312">Is the off-timer set? Press the ON/OFF button to restart the operation.</p>
<p>Is the air conditioner connected to a central remote controller? Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner.</p>
<p>Does <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-108.jpg" />Consult the concerned people who control the air conditioner.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Remote controller timer operation cannot be set.</td>
<td width="312">Are timer settings invalid?</p>
<p>If the timer can be set <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-14.jpg" /><a id="set-post-thumbnail" class="thickbox" href="https://manuals.plus/wp-admin/media-upload.php?post_id=285777&amp;type=image&amp;TB_iframe=1" aria-describedby="set-post-thumbnail-desc" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a> or <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/logo-129.jpg" /> appears in the remote controller display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">“PLEASE WAIT” appears in the remote controller display.</td>
<td width="312">The initial settings are being performed. Wait approximately 3 minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">An error code appears in the remote controller display.</td>
<td width="312">The protection devices have operated to protect the air conditioner.</p>
<p>Do not attempt to repair this equipment by yourself.<br />
Turn off the power switch immediately and consult your dealer. Be sure to provide the dealer with the model name and information that appeared in the remote controller display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Draining water or motor rotation sound is heard.</td>
<td width="312">
<ul>
<li> When the cooling operation stops, the drain pump operates and then stops. Wait approximately 3 minutes.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">The fan speed changes in spite of not changing the setting.</td>
<td width="312"> Not to blow out cold air at the beginning of the heating operation, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed gradually from lower to the set speed. It also adjusts its fan speed to protect the fan motor when return air temperature or fan speed excessively rises.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1213">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="355">Having trouble?</td>
<td width="355">Here is the solution. (Unit is operating normally.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="355">Noise is louder than specifications.</td>
<td width="355">The indoor operation sound level is affected by the acoustics of the particular room as shown in the following table and will be higher than the noise specification, which was measured in an echo-free room.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="355">Nothing appears in the wireless remote controller display, the display  is faint, or signals are not received by the indoor unit unless the remote controller is close.</td>
<td width="355"> The batteries are low.<br />
Replace the batteries and press the Reset button.If nothing appears even after the batteries are replaced, make sure that the batteries are installed in the correct directions (+, –).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="355">The operation lamp near the receiver for the wireless remote controller on the indoor unit is flashing.</td>
<td width="355"> The self diagnosis function has operated to protect the air conditioner.</p>
<p>Do not attempt to repair this equipment by yourself.<br />
Turn off the power switch immediately and consult your dealer. Be sure</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4><a name="_TOC_250000"></a></h4>
<table width="1217">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="101">Item</td>
<td width="121"></td>
<td width="45"></td>
<td width="46">Model</td>
<td width="113">PEA-M100HAA</td>
<td width="113">PEA-M125HAA</td>
<td width="113">PEA-M140HAA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="101">Dimension</td>
<td width="121">Height / Width / Depth</td>
<td width="45"></td>
<td width="46">mm</td>
<td colspan="3" width="340">380/1405/900</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="101">Net weight</td>
<td width="121"></td>
<td width="45"></td>
<td width="46">kg</td>
<td width="113">63</td>
<td width="113">66</td>
<td width="113">66</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="101"><strong> </strong></p>
<p>Fan</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="121">Airflow rate</p>
<p>(Low-Mid1-Mid2-High)</td>
<td width="45">50Pa</td>
<td width="46">m<sup>3</sup>/min</td>
<td width="113">30-34-38-42</td>
<td width="113">42-48-54-60</td>
<td width="113">42-48-54-60</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45">100Pa</td>
<td width="46">m<sup>3</sup>/min</td>
<td width="113">30-34-38-42</td>
<td width="113">42-48-54-60</td>
<td width="113">42-48-54-60</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45">150Pa</td>
<td width="46">m<sup>3</sup>/min</td>
<td width="113">30-34-38-42</td>
<td width="113">42-48-54-58</td>
<td width="113">42-48-54-58</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="121">External static pressure</td>
<td width="45"></td>
<td width="46">Pa</td>
<td colspan="3" width="340">50/100/150</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="3" width="222">Sound pressure level (Low-Mid1-Mid2-High)</td>
<td width="45">50Pa</td>
<td width="46">dB(A)</td>
<td width="113">29-32-36-38</td>
<td width="113">35-38-42-45</td>
<td width="113">35-38-42-45</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45">100Pa</td>
<td width="46">dB(A)</td>
<td width="113">33-36-39-42</td>
<td width="113">36-40-43-46</td>
<td width="113">36-40-43-46</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45">150Pa</td>
<td width="46">dB(A)</td>
<td width="113">36-39-42-45</td>
<td width="113">39-43-46-48</td>
<td width="113">39-43-46-48</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Please be sure to put the contact address/telephone number on this manual before handing it to the customer.</p>
<p><strong>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION</strong></p>
<p><strong>HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN</strong></p>
<p>VG79D916H02</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit"><input id="comment_post_ID" name="comment_post_ID" type="hidden" value="285777" /><br />
<input id="comment_parent" name="comment_parent" type="hidden" value="0" /></p>
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MSZ-FS Remote Control Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/msz-fs-control/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 09 Jul 2023 14:10:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=150771</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MSZ-FS Remote Control mitsubishicomfort.com © 2020 Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. All rights reserved. Mitsubishi Electric, Lossnay, and the three-diamond logo are trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. CITY MULTI, kumo cloud, kumo station and H2i are registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. Trane and American Standard are registered trademarks of Trane Technologies plc. All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the United States Environmental Protection Agency. Use of the AHRI Certified® mark indicates a manufacturer’s participation in the certification program. For verification of certification for individual products, go to www.ahridirectory.org Specifications shown in this brochure are subject to change without notice. See complete warranty for terms, conditions and limitations. A copy is available from Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. Before operation: setting the current time Press the CLOCK button Press the TIME button to set the time Press the DAY button to set the day Press the CLOCK button again 3D i-see Sensor® Sensor: The sensor detects the room temperature. Absence Detection: When no one is in the room, the unit automatically switches to Energy-saving mode. Indirect/Direct: Press to activate INDIRECT/DIRECT mode. This mode is only available when the i-see control mode is effective. The 3D i-see Sensor detects the location of occupants in the room. Direct mode aims airflow toward individuals in the space while Indirect mode diverts air away from room occupants. NOTE: In the case of systems with multiple units (multi-systems), it is not possible to set different operation modes for each unit. In some cases, it may not be possible to use certain functions. GUIDE [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/msz-fs-control/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3></h3>
<h4>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MSZ-FS Remote Control</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MSZ-FS-Remote-Control-218x550-1.webp" /></p>
<p><a href="http://mitsubishicomfort.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">mitsubishicomfort.com</a></p>
<p>© 2020 Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. All rights reserved.<br />
Mitsubishi Electric, Lossnay, and the three-diamond logo are trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. CITY MULTI, kumo cloud, kumo station and H2i are registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. Trane and American Standard are registered trademarks of Trane Technologies plc. All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.</p>
<p>ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.<br />
Use of the AHRI Certified® mark indicates a manufacturer’s participation in the certification program. For verification of certification for individual products, go to <a href="http://www.ahridirectory.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.ahridirectory.org</a><br />
Specifications shown in this brochure are subject to change without notice. See complete warranty for terms, conditions and limitations. A copy is available from Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC.</p>
<h4>Before operation: setting the current time</h4>
<ol>
<li>Press the CLOCK button<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/setting-the-current-time-1.webp" /></li>
<li>Press the TIME button to set the time<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/setting-the-current-time-2.webp" /></li>
<li>Press the DAY button to set the day</li>
<li>Press the CLOCK button again</li>
</ol>
<h4>3D i-see Sensor®</h4>
<p><strong>Sensor:</strong> The sensor detects the room temperature.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/3D-i-see-SensorC2AE-1-550x152-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Absence Detection:</strong> When no one is in the room, the unit automatically switches to Energy-saving mode.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/3D-i-see-SensorC2AE-2-550x154-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Indirect/Direct:</strong> Press to activate INDIRECT/DIRECT mode. This mode is only available when the i-see control mode is effective.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/setting-the-current-time-3-550x111-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>The 3D i-see Sensor</strong> detects the location of occupants in the room. Direct mode aims airflow toward individuals in the space while Indirect mode diverts air away from room occupants.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/setting-the-current-time-4.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> In the case of systems with multiple units (multi-systems), it is not possible to set different operation modes for each unit. In some cases, it may not be possible to use certain functions.</p>
<h4>GUIDE</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/user-guide-1-550x361-1.webp" /></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/mhk2-redlink-controller/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 08:56:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=154533</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit Instruction Manual MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit Instruction Manual MHK2: MRCH2 Controller, MIFH2 Receiver, and MRC2 Cable DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION Can cause electrical shock or equipment damage. Must be installed by a trained, experienced technician. Read these instructions carefully. Failure to follow these instructions can damage the product or cause a hazardous condition. Installation at a Glance This manual covers the installation and setup of the MHK2 Remote Controller with Mitsubishi Electric indoor units. Before you begin, you must attach the cable to the CN105 connector on the indoor unit control board, then follow the steps in this document. Note: Remote Controllers are linked to specific indoor units. Each indoor unit must have a dedicated Remote Controller and Wireless Receiver. Note: Your device’s PIN code is your date code added to 1234. For example, a date code of 2010 plus 1234 would give you a device PIN of 3244. © 2019 Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. Suwanee, GA 30024 All Rights Reserved. https://mhk2.meushvac.com/ 1-800-433-4822 MHK2 is compatible with Kumo cloud® when connected with the  WirelesInterface 2 or later. RedLINK Technology Read Before Installing Mounting Wall Plate Open package to find the Wall Plate. See Figure 1. Position the Wall Plate on the wall. Level and mark hole positions. See Figure 2. Drill holes at marked positions, and then lightly tap supplied wall anchors into the wall using a  hammer. Drill 7/32” holes for drywall. Place the Wall Plate over the wall anchors. Insert and tighten mounting screws supplied with the Wall Plate. Do not overtighten. Tighten until the Wall Plate no longer moves. See Figure 3. Install Batteries Mounting MHK2 RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller Align the Wall Plate with the MHK2 Controller and push gently until the MHK2 snaps in place. If needed, gently pull to remove the MHK2 Controller from the Wall Plate. Note: Avoid locations where there are air drafts (top of the staircase, air outlet), dead air spots (behind a door), direct sunlight or concealed chimney or stovepipes. Optional Decorative Cover Plate Installation Use the Optional Cover Plate when: Mounting the controller to an electrical junction box Or when you need to cover paint gaps from the old controller. 4. Separate the Junction Box Adapter from the Cover Plate. See Figure 4. 5. Mount the Junction Box Adapter to the wall or an electrical box using any of the eight screw holes. Insert and tighten mounting screws supplied with Cover Plate Kit. Do not overtighten. Make sure the Adapter Plate is level. See Figure 5. 6. Attach the Wall Plate by hanging it on the top hook of the Junction Box Adapter and then snapping the bottom of the Wall Plate in place. See Figure 6. 7. Snap the Cover Plate onto the Junction Box Adapter. See Figure 7. Install Cable and RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver Note: If you are using a Mitsubishi Electric Wireless Interface 2 with the Kumo cloud® app, please refer to “Kumo cloud® ” on page 13. Connect MRC2 cable to the CN105 connector on the control board in the indoor unit. Route MRC2 cable outside the electrical box and to the preferred install location of the RedLINK Wireless Receiver. Attach the 5 pin connector to the Wireless Receiver. Notes: • Do not cut or modify the cable. • Do not block vents on the indoor units. Mount Wireless Receiver next to the indoor unit shown in the orientations below or, for units that have them, inside the indoor unit’s Wireless Interface pocket. Link All Devices to RedLINK™ Network Note: The receiver does not have a power status light. Please make sure the indoor unit has been powered up. Press and release the CONNECT button. If the CONNECT light does not flash, another receiver or a RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver may be in wireless setup mode. Exit wireless setup at the other device. Be sure to only have one unit in wireless setup mode at a time and complete setup before connecting another MHK2 and unit. Connect LED: Flashing Green: In wireless setup mode. Fast Flashing Green: In the process of pairing. Solid Green: At least one RedLINK™ device is enrolled onto the receiver. Amber: Please wait. Red: RedLINK™ device is not communicating. Off: No RedLINK™ devices are enrolled onto the receiver. Notes: • The flashing status light times out after 15 minutes of inactivity. Press CONNECT again if necessary. • The RedLINK™ connection has been securely established once you see the solid green light. Indoor Air Sensor (IAS) Press and release the CONNECT button on the receiver. Make sure the receiver is in wireless setup mode (connect LED is slowly flashing green). If the CONNECT light does not flash, another receiver or a RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver may be in wireless setup mode. Exit wireless setup mode at the other device. Press and release the CONNECT button on the IAS. When pairing starts, the CONNECT lights on the IAS and the receiver will both be fast flashing green. After successfully completing enrollment, the CONNECT light on the IAS will be solid green for a short period of time and then turn off. Check for the IAS option in the temperature source and humidity source from the controller. Notes: • Your controller can only use one IAS. • When the IAS light is solid red, it may have failed to enroll or has disconnected. Please re-enroll and check the distance between the IAS and the receiver. Link Remote Controller to RedLINK™ Receiver Note: In most homes, the Remote Controller can connect at distances of 200 feet. Try to avoid walls or other blockages, but they should not affect RedLINK signal. Press SELECT to establish a link to the RedLINK™ receiver. In less than 30 seconds, the link between the MHK2 Controller and RedLINK receiver will be established; showing “Success” on the display. Press DONE to display the home screen. The MHK2 Controller will display a “WAIT” screen while it receives data from the indoor unit. While on the “WAIT” screen: • If the controller shows the RedLINK™ disconnected icon at the top-right, the controller has lost connection with the receiver. • If the controller shows the RedLINK™ connected icon, the controller is connected to the receiver. • To unenroll the receiver, press and hold the bottom-center of the controller’s screen for 5 seconds. The controller will then unenroll all RedLINK™ connections. Exit RedLINK™ Setup Press and release the CONNECT button on the RedLINK™ receiver to exit the wireless setup (light should stop flashing and remain solid). Note: The RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver will automatically exit the wireless setup after 15 minutes of inactivity. Note: If installing more than one receiver, you must exit the RedLINK™ set up on the previous receiver before attempting wireless setup of subsequent controllers/receivers. Initial Installer Setup After the MHK2 Controller has communicated with the indoor unit correctly, MHK2 Controller will change from the “Wait” screen to the “Initial Installer Setup” screen and show START SETUP.  The MHK2 will search for the support of indoor unit function codes. If it finds indoor unit support, the controller will load the Function Code setup. If the controller does not find indoor unit support, the controller will load the Installer Set-Up (ISU). See page 10 for a full list of ISU options. Touch or toggle between Function Code/ISU options. Touch Edit or touch the text area, and then touch or to edit default setup options. Touch Done or touch the text area to confirm the setting or press Cancel. Touch or to continue to set up another ISU option. To finish setup and save your settings, scroll to the FINISH SETUP screen at the end of the ISU list. Note: To see a list of all setup parameters, go to “Installer Setup Options (ISU) – Advanced Menu” on page 10. The MHK2 Controller displays the ISU name and the ISU number. Installer Setup – Advanced Menu (After Initial Installation) To access the advanced menu, press and hold the Menu button for 5 seconds. Touch or to go through the options in the advanced menu. Advanced Menu Options Function Codes: This is used to access the device Function Code settings. Device Setup: This is used to access the device ISU settings. Screen Lock: The controller touch screen can be set to partially or fully lock. The partial lock allows temporary overrides. The full lock will not allow any overrides. You will always have the option to unlock the device. System Test: Test the wireless communications or heating and cooling equipment. Unenroll Device: Remove a connected receiver or controller. Reset: Access all receptions on the MHK2 Controller. This is the only place to access factory reset. Alert History: Alert History saves the last 25 alerts. Once the list is full, the oldest alert will be kicked out. M-Series &#38; P-Series Indoor Unit Function Codes Note: Default settings for Function Codes 1-28 are automatically determined by the HVAC equipment. It may take up to 40 seconds to enter setup and 30 seconds to exit setup. Please refer to the indoor unit manual for unit-specific function codes and the description of their values. A summary is shown in the following tables. Mode # Indoor Unit Compatibility Function Setting # Settings 1 All Power Failure Auto Recovery 1 Not available (OFF) 2 *1-1 Available (ON ) approximately 4 minute delay 2 All Indoor Temperature Detection 1 Average data from all unit 2 Return air 3 *2-1 Remote Controller 3 All Lossnay Connectivity 1 Not supported 2 IDU does not intake OA through Lossnay 3 IDU does intake OA through Lossnay 4 All Power Supply Voltage 1 230 volt 2 208 volt 5 PEAD Auto Mode 1 Energy-saving cycle automatically enabled 2 Energy-saving cycle automatically disabled 7 All Filter Sign 1 100 hours 2 2500 hours 3 No filter sign indicator 8 *D SLZ/PLA PCA/PKA Air Flow (Fan Speed) 1 Quiet 2 Standard 3 High ceiling 8 *D SEZ/SVZ/PEAD/PVA Static Settings See “Static Pressure Settings” on page 12. 9 PLA Number of Air Outlets 1 4 directions or all 4 2 3 directions or just 3 3 2 directions or just 2 10 *D PLA PCA High-Performance Filter Also Static Settings 1 Not supported 2 Supported 10 *D SEZ/SVZ/PEAD/PVA Static Settings See “Static Pressure Settings” on page 12. 11 *D PLA Horizontal Vane Setting 1 Downward setting (vanes angle setup 3) 2 Middle setting (vanes angle setup 1) Draft less setting (vanes angle setup 2) *11 11 *D SLZ PCA Horizontal Vane Setting 1 No setting 2 Draft less setting (vane angle setup 1) Downward setting (vanes angle setup 2) 11 *D SVZ/PEAD/PVA Heater Control (Used with Mode 23) 1 No heater present 2 Heater available 12 SLZ-KF/PLA-A__EA7 3-D i-See Sensor Positioning *12-1 *12-2 1 Position 1 2 Position 2 3 Position 3 13 SVZ/PVA Optional Humidifier 1 Not supported 2 Supported 14 PLA PCA/PKA Vane Differential Setting in Heating Mode (Cold Wind Prevention) 1 75-82 °F TH5 2 82-90 °F TH5 3 90-100 °F TH5 2 (3 °C) 37 °F 16 SVZ/PVA Humidifier Control 1 With compressor only 2 In Heat mode all the time 17 PLA PCA/PKA Change of Defrosting Control 1 Standard 2 High humidity 23 *D PLA-BA Vane Swing 1 Swing 2 Wave airflow 23 *D PCA/PKA Vane Swing 1 Not available (OFF) 2 Available (ON) 23 *D SLZ SEZ Heater Control *23-1 1 Set temp -4.5 °F ON 2 Set temp -1.8 °F ON 23 *D SVZ/PEAD/PVA Heater Control *23-1 1 Disable heater during Defrost/Error 2 Enable heater during defrosting and error *23-2 24 SLZ/PLA  SEZ/SVZ/PEAD PCA/PKA *24-1 Heating Height Offset 4 1 Available (ON) 4 °C (7.2 °F) up 2 Not available (OFF) 25 SLZ/PLA SEZ/SVZ/PEAD/PVA PCA/PKA Fan Speed Thermo-Off  Heating 1 Extra-low 2 Stop 3 RC setting 26 *D SLZ-KF/PLA-A__EA7 3D i-See Sensor Height Offset Setting *12-1 *12-2 1 Low (less than 8.9 feet) 2 Standard (8.9 to 11.5) 3 High (11.5 to 14.8) 26 *D SVZ Erv Control 1 IDU STOP, fan speed STOP, and CN2C is OFF 2 IDU STOP, fan speed is RC Setting,  and CN2C is ON 27 SLZ/PLA SEZ/ SVZ/PEAD PCA/PKA Fan Speed Thermo-Off  Cooling 1 RC setting 2 Stop 3 Extra Low *27-1 28 SLZ/PLA SEZ/SVZ/ PEAD PCA/PKA Detection of Abnormal of the Pipe Temperature (P8) 1 Available (ON) 2 Not Available (OFF) Notes: *D Duplicate code with multiple settings for different indoor unit types. *1-1 When the power supply returns, the air conditioner will start 3 minutes or 1 minute later (hinge on the outdoor unit). *2-1 Can be set only when a wired or RedLINK Remote Controller is used. *11 Because condensation may form, do not use this setting in a high-temperature, high-humidity environment. *12-1 Cassette must have 3D i-See Sensor installed to operate, refer to install manual. *12-2 When the 3D i-See Sensor corner panel position is changed, change this mode. *23-1 For the detail of heater control, refer to the service manual. *23-2 Heater will only operate during a communication error between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit. *24-1 PKA-HA(L)/KA(L): 3.6°F (2°C) up. *27-1 Only SLZ and PLA are able to set this setting. Installer Setup Options (ISU) – Advanced Menu ISU # ISU Name ISU Options (defaults in bold) Notes 134 Central Controller • Not installed • Installed The control determines the correct setting based on whether the central controller was linked to the system. If the central controller is installed in the system, then the device will function as a non-programmable device and only a single setpoint will be supported. Present 139 Fahrenheit • Fahrenheit Celsius • Celsius 142 System Type • Heat pump (Heat &#38; Cool) • Cool only The control determines the correct setting based on the equipment the receiver is plugged into. 144 Auto Changeover • Manual Changeover (MANUAL) • Auto Changeover (ACO) • Auto Changeover Single Setpoint (Single SP) If ACO is selected, system mode options will be Heat, Off, Cool, and Auto. If MANUAL is selected, AUTO mode is disabled during operation and not selectable by the user. This ISU setting is not shown when ISU 134 is set to INSTALLED or  ISU 142 is set to COOL ONLY. MANUAL and ACO settings are shown if ISU 134 is set to NOT  INSTALLED. SINGLE SP defaults if ISU 134 is set to INSTALLED. MANUAL and ACO options are suitable for use with Kumo cloud®   and a Wireless Interface. 145 Deadband • 3 to 8 °F (in 1 °F increment) • 2.0 to 4.5 ° C (in .5 °C increments) This ISU is shown if Auto Changeover (ACO) is selected. 146 Drying Mode • Disabled This ISU is shown if dry mode is supported by the indoor unit. • Enabled 150 Schedule Owner • The MHK2 alone can be used to establish  a schedule • kumo cloud®  alone can be used to establish a schedule This ISU is not shown if the MHK2 is NOT connected to a Wireless Interface 2 or later model. 151 Schedule Type • No schedule • Mo-Su • Mo-Fr/Sa-Su • Mo-Fr/Sa/Su • M/T/W/T/F/S/S 152 Schedule Off Periods • Disabled If disabled, Schedule Power Off in schedule mode cannot be used. • Enabled 153 Residential/ When set for Residential, the schedule periods are Wake, Leave, Return, Sleep. When set for Commercial, the schedule options are Occupied and Unoccupied. Commercial Schedule • Commercial 161 Lockout System On • Disabled If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen and not allow the user to adjust the mode from off to on. If the user attempts to adjust the mode from off to on, the lock symbol will flash. This will keep the Remote Controller from turning on the equipment. The equipment will need to be remotely turned on. • Enabled 162 Lockout System Off • Disabled If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen and not allow the user to adjust the mode from on to off. • Enabled 163 Lockout Mode • Disabled If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen and not allow the user to adjust the mode from the current mode to any other mode, except for Off. If the user attempts to adjust the mode, the lock symbol will flash. The user will still be able to turn the unit on and off only. • Enabled 164 Lockout Fan Speed • Disabled If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen, and if the user attempts to modify the fan setting, the lock symbol will flash. • Enabled 165 Lockout Setpoint • Disabled If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen, and “Partial Lock” in the user menu will be hidden. If the user attempts to modify the setpoint, the lock symbol will flash and keep the current setpoint. • Enabled 167 Lockout Vane • Disabled If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen, and if the user attempts to modify the vane direction, the lock symbol will flash. Direction • Enabled 170 Hide Indoor • Disabled If enabled, the indoor temperature is not shown in the display. Temperature • Enabled 171 Hide Indoor • Disabled If enabled, indoor humidity is not shown in the display. Humidity Display • Enabled 180 Max Heat Setpoint • 40 to 90 °F (4.5 to 32.5 °C) The Max Heat Setpoint can be adjusted to any whole number between 40 and 90 °F, as well as half increments between 4.5 and 32.5 °C. 181 Min Cool Setpoint • 50 to 99 °F (10 to 37 °C) The Min Cool Setpoint can be adjusted to any whole number between 50 and 99 °F, as well as half increments between 10 and 37 °C. 190 • MHK2 Options 2 and 3 are not shown if the RedLINK™ Indoor Air Sensor is not enrolled. MHK2: The MHK2 built-in thermistor (default). RedLINK™ Sensor: A RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Average: An average of the MHK2 sensor and RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Averaging does not work with the Kumo cloud® Bluetooth wireless temperature and humidity sensor. Indoor Temperature • Indoor unit • RedLINK™ sensor Source • Average of MHK2 and RedLINK™ sensor (IAS) 191 Indoor Temperature • -5 °F to 5 °F (-2.5 °C to 2.5 °C) The Indoor Temperature Display Offset can be adjusted to any whole number between -5 and 5 °F, as well as half increments between -2.5 and 2.5 °C. 0 is the default. Display Offset 195 • MHK2 Options 1 and 2 will not be shown if the RedLINK™ Indoor Air Sensor is not enrolled. MHK2: The RedLINK™ Sensor thermistor  (default). RedLINK Sensor: A RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Average: An average of the RedLINK™  Sensor and RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Averaging does not work with the Kumo cloud® Bluetooth wireless temperature and humidity sensor. Indoor Humidity • RedLINK™ sensor Source • Average of MHK2 and RedLINK™ sensor (IAS) 196 Indoor Humidity • -10% RH to 10% RH The Indoor Humidity Display Offset can be adjusted to any whole number between -10 and 10 RH. 0 is the default. Display Offset Static Pressure Settings PEAD-AA External Static Pressure Setting No. Wired or RedLINK Remote Controller Mode No. 8 Mode No. 10 35 Pa 2 1 50 Pa 3 1 70 Pa 1 2 100 Pa 2 2 125 Pa 3 2 SEZ External Static Pressure Setting No. Wired or RedLINK Remote Controller Mode No. 8 Mode No. 10 5 Pa (0.02 in. WG) 1 2 15 Pa (0.06 in. WG) 1 1 35 Pa (0.14 in. WG) 2 1 50 Pa (0.20 in. WG) 3 1 SVZ – Vertical, Horizontal Left &#38; Right External Static Pressure Setting No. Wired or RedLINK Remote Controller Mode No. 8 Mode No. 10 0.3 in. WG (75 Pa) 1 1 0.5 in. WG (125 Pa) 2 1 0.8 in. WG (200 Pa) 3 1 * Regarding to downflow setting, please refer to the downflow kit installation manual. SVZ -Downflow External Static Pressure Setting No. Wired or RedLINK Remote Controller Mode No. 8 Mode No. 10 0.3 in. WG (75 Pa) 1 2 0.5 in. WG (125 Pa) 2 2 0.6 in. WG (200 Pa) 3 2 PVA – Vertical, Horizontal Left &#38; Right External Static Pressure Setting No. Wired or RedLINK Remote Controller Mode No. 8 Mode No. 10 0.3 in. WG (75 Pa) 1 1 0.5 in. WG (125 Pa) 2 1 0.8 in. WG (200 Pa) 3 1 * Regarding to downflow setting, please refer to the downflow kit installation manual. PVA – Downflow External Static Pressure Setting No. Wired or RedLINK Remote Controller Mode No. 8 Mode No. 10 0.3 in. WG (75 Pa) 1 2 0.5 in. WG (125 Pa) 2 2 0.8 in. WG (200 Pa)* 3 2 *PVA-A42 in Downflow External Static pressure: 0.70. Vane Settings Mode No. 11 Setting No. PLA-EA SLZ-KF PCA–KA 1 Downward setting (vanes angle setup 3) Not setting No vanes 2 Middle setting (vanes angle setup 1) Draft less (vanes angle setup 1) (Vanes angle setup 1) 3 Draft less (vanes angle setup 2) Downward setting (vanes angle setup 2) (Vanes angle setup 2) Performing a System Test You can test the system setup in ADVANCED MENU under the SYSTEM TEST option. Press and hold Menu on the controller for 5 seconds to access ADVANCED MENU options. Touch or to go to SYSTEM TEST. Touch Select or touch text area. Touch or select system test type. Touch Select or the touch text area. For the Heat Test and Cool Test use or to activate the equipment. Note: The clock is used as a timer while Heat or Cool is running. The Heat and Cool indicators are displayed when the system test is running. Kumo cloud®  Connecting to the Kumo cloud®: The Wireless Interface 2 or later must be installed and configured with the Kumo cloud app before continuing with the startup of the MHK2. Automatic Setting of Time Provided by the Wireless Interface When a Wireless Interface is present, the MHK2 Controller will operate using the time and date the Wireless Interface receives from the Internet. In the event of a system power outage, the MHK2 Controller’s time and date setting will be independent until such time as the Wireless Interface regains an Internet connection. At that point, the  MHK2 Controller will again match the Wireless Interface’s Internet-acquired time and date. Key Features Note: The screen will wake up by pressing the center area of the displayed temperature. The screen will stay lit for 10 seconds. RedLINK™ Error Codes 134 Weak signal. Move wireless device to a different location and try again. 137 Maximum number of clients reached. 153 Timeout. Note: If any other error codes are given on the screen of MRCH2, please contact customer service. Replacing System Components Note: Only use Mitsubishi Electric components or other designated components for installation. Failure to comply may damage the product or cause a hazardous condition. RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller To replace a RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller, install batteries, affix to the wall plate, and follow the procedures on page 6 to link it to the RedLINK™ network. If necessary, modify settings as needed (see tables on pages 10–11). RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver After installing a new RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver, you must unenroll the RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller so it can communicate with the new RedLINK™  Wireless Receiver, as described below. There are three ways to unenroll the RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller from the old RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver: Press and hold the Menu button for 5 seconds to enter the Advanced Menu. Touch or select UNENROLL DEVICE. Touch Select. Connect the new RedLINK™  Wireless Receiver. Enter the Advanced Menu. Touch or select RESET. Touch Select. Touch or select FACTORY. Touch Select. Touch Yes to confirm. Connect the new RedLINK™  Wireless Receiver. If the RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller is on the “Wait” screen, press and holds the bottom-center of the screen for 5 seconds. Connect the new RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver. To remove all RedLINK™ devices: Press and hold the CONNECT button on the RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver for 10 seconds. To reconnect, see the procedure on page 6. Regulatory Information FCC Compliance Statement (Part 15.19) (USA Only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Warning (Part 15.21) (USA Only) Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. FCC Interference Statement (Part 15.105 (b)) (USA Only) This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the  user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures: Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Wireless Receiver and MHK2 Remote Control To comply with FCC and Industry Canada RF exposure limits for general population/ uncontrolled exposure, the antenna(s) used for these transmitters must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Section 7.1.3 of RSS-GEN Operation is subject to the following two conditions: This device may not cause interference, and This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Section 7.1.2 of RSS-GEN Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry  Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. The operation of this equipment is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this equipment or device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this equipment or device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Specifications Operating Ambient Temperature Remote Controller: 32 to 120 °F (0 to 48.9 °C) Wireless Receiver: -40 to 165 °F (-40 to 73.9 °C) Operating Relative Humidity Remote Controller: 5% to 90% (non-condensing)  Wireless Receiver: 5% to 95% (non-condensing) Physical Dimensions (Height, Width, Depth) Remote Controller: 4-5/64″ x 4-5/64″ x 1-1/16″ (104 mm x 104 mm x 27 mm) Wireless Receiver: 3-3/32″ x 1-3/4″ x 39/64″ (74.8 x 44.4 x 15.4 mm) ADA Compliance Please consult chapter 3 section 309 of the United Sates Access Board. https://qrs.ly/8h9m0kx Kumo cloud is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. ® U.S. Registered Trademark. © 2019 Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. Suwanee, GA 30024 33-00446EFS—04 M.S. Rev. 10-19 Printed in Mexico FAQS Any chance this will get retroactive HomeKit functionality? The piece that comes with this is not WiFi capable therefore cannot connect to any device except for the included thermostat. Does this come with the pac-uswhs002? or is that separate? No, the Wi-Fi interface is separate. This includes the wireless receiver that communicates with the thermostat, but there is no Wi-Fi or kumo cloud functionality without the separately sold accessory you’re asking about. Do i need a redlink receiver to connect this thermostat when i already have pac-uswhs002 wifi interface connected to my unit? yes. Redlink is different from WIFI. There is a spot on the pac-uswhs002 to plug in the redlink receiver if you want to use both the wall thermostat and the wifi. If anyone knows, can the individual programs be set with different fan speeds scheduled, or are all set-times the same fan speed? Setting fan speed is not an option for each period. You can set fan speed to auto in the main menu. Will this only work for one outdoor unit but can use it for multiple air handlers? You will need a separate thermostat for each air handler. Does mhk2 unit has everything needed to connect to kumo cloud, or pac-uswhs002-wf-2 is needed to add kumo cloud functionality? Yes it does require the pac2 Does this come with installation instructions for ducted unit? No, only for ductless. So if I need a Wifi kit separately from this, then what is the “wifi” or “remote” capability that this provides without that kit? This kit definitely does not include any capability to control the system from a smart phone or the internet. “Remote” in this case refers to the RF Redlink connection between the thermostat and the split indoor unit. Is this a user-installable kit, or does it require a service technician? Very easy, do it yourself. Will this connect with a honeywell thm6000r1002 redlink gateway and allow system control with honeywell home total connect comfort? There are different versions of RedLink which are incompatible with eachother. This uses RedLink 3.0. Check which version of RedLink your gateway uses but it likely won’t work. Does this contain the receiver, cable and controller? Yes it does. It’s a set. Unless you are looking to buy just the thermostat. Can this set a schedule for weekdays and weekends without connecting to the cloud? With the MHK1 this is possible but I don’t know about the MHK2. By the way, make sure it’s the MHK2 that you need rather than the MHK1. You can find this out via the Mitsubishi site. The MHK2 info. says it will work on all MSZ series units–it doesn’t. Forget the Redlink if you don’t have access to a contractor’s “pin” number. Will the thermostat in the remote be used for ductless units as well, or just for ducted ones? A contractor told me only ducted? It only controls 1 unit, whether it’s ducted or ductless. So whichever unit you connect it to will be controlled by that thermostat. Is this thermostat compatible with my msz-gl series indoor unit (naxwst12a112aa)? Check the Mitsubishi compatibility charts. Does this replace mrch1? Yes since Mrch1 was discontinued. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/mhk2-redlink-controller/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-LOGO.webp" /></p>
<h4>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit Instruction Manual</h4>
<p><strong>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit Instruction Manual</strong></p>
<p><strong>MHK2:</strong><br />
<strong>MRCH2 Controller, MIFH2 Receiver, and MRC2 Cable</strong></p>
<p><strong>DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION</strong> Can cause electrical shock or equipment damage.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.webp" /><strong>Must be installed by a trained, experienced technician.</strong><br />
Read these instructions carefully. Failure to follow these instructions can damage the product or cause a hazardous condition.</p>
<h4>Installation at a Glance</h4>
<p>This manual covers the installation and setup of the MHK2 Remote Controller with Mitsubishi Electric indoor units.<br />
Before you begin, you must attach the cable to the CN105 connector on the indoor unit control board, then follow the steps in this document.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.webp" /><strong>Note:</strong> Remote Controllers are linked to specific indoor units. Each indoor unit must have a dedicated Remote Controller and Wireless Receiver.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.webp" /><strong>Note:</strong> Your device’s PIN code is your date code added to 1234. For example, a date code of 2010 plus 1234 would give you a device PIN of 3244.</p>
<table border="0" width="192" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="20">© 2019 Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc.<br />
Suwanee, GA 30024 All Rights Reserved.<br />
<a href="https://mhk2.meushvac.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://mhk2.meushvac.com/</a><br />
1-800-433-4822</td>
<td width="64">MHK2 is compatible<br />
with Kumo cloud® when connected with the  WirelesInterface 2 or later.</td>
<td width="64"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON.webp" />RedLINK<br />
Technology</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Read Before Installing</strong></p>
<h4>Mounting Wall Plate</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-1.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Open package to find the Wall Plate. See Figure 1.</li>
<li>Position the Wall Plate on the wall. Level and mark hole positions. See Figure 2.<br />
Drill holes at marked positions, and then lightly tap supplied wall anchors into the wall using a  hammer.<br />
Drill 7/32” holes for drywall.</li>
<li>Place the Wall Plate over the wall anchors. Insert and tighten mounting screws supplied with the Wall Plate. Do not overtighten. Tighten until the Wall Plate no longer moves. See Figure 3.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Install Batteries</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-2.webp" /></p>
<h4><strong>Mounting MHK2 RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li>Align the Wall Plate with the MHK2 Controller and push gently until the MHK2 snaps in place.</li>
<li>If needed, gently pull to remove the MHK2 Controller from the Wall Plate.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-3.webp" /></p>
<p>Note: Avoid locations where there are air drafts (top of the staircase, air outlet), dead air spots (behind a door), direct sunlight or concealed chimney or stovepipes.</p>
<h4>Optional Decorative Cover Plate Installation</h4>
<p><strong>Use the Optional Cover Plate when:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Mounting the controller to an electrical junction box</li>
<li>Or when you need to cover paint gaps from the old controller.<br />
4. Separate the Junction Box Adapter from the Cover Plate. See Figure 4.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-4.webp" />5. Mount the Junction Box Adapter to the wall or an electrical box using any of the eight screw holes. Insert and tighten mounting screws supplied with Cover Plate Kit. Do not overtighten. Make sure the Adapter Plate is level. See Figure 5.<br />
6. Attach the Wall Plate by hanging it on the top hook of the Junction Box Adapter and then snapping the bottom of the Wall Plate in place. See Figure 6.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-5.webp" />7. Snap the Cover Plate onto the Junction Box Adapter. See Figure 7.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-6.webp" /></li>
</ul>
<h4>Install Cable and RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE-1.webp" /><strong>Note:</strong> If you are using a Mitsubishi Electric Wireless Interface 2 with the Kumo cloud® app, please refer to “Kumo cloud® ” on page 13.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-7.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Connect MRC2 cable to the CN105 connector on the control board in the indoor unit.</li>
<li>Route MRC2 cable outside the electrical box and to the preferred install location of the RedLINK Wireless Receiver.</li>
<li>Attach the 5 pin connector to the Wireless Receiver.<br />
<img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />Notes:<br />
• Do not cut or modify the cable.<br />
• Do not block vents on the indoor units.</li>
<li>Mount Wireless Receiver next to the indoor unit shown in the orientations below or, for units that have them, inside the indoor unit’s Wireless Interface pocket.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-8.webp" /></p>
<h4>Link All Devices to RedLINK™ Network</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> The receiver does not have a power status light. Please make sure the indoor unit has been powered up.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-9.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Press and release the <strong>CONNECT</strong> button.</li>
<li>If the CONNECT light does not flash, another receiver or a RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver may be in wireless setup mode. Exit wireless setup at the other device.</li>
<li>Be sure to only have one unit in wireless setup mode at a time and complete setup before connecting another MHK2 and unit.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Connect LED:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Flashing Green:</strong> In wireless setup mode.</li>
<li><strong>Fast Flashing Green:</strong> In the process of pairing.</li>
<li><strong>Solid Green:</strong> At least one RedLINK™ device is enrolled onto the receiver.</li>
<li><strong>Amber:</strong> Please wait.</li>
<li><strong>Red:</strong> RedLINK™ device is not communicating.</li>
<li><strong>Off:</strong> No RedLINK™ devices are enrolled onto the receiver.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE-2.webp" /><strong>Notes:</strong><br />
• The flashing status light times out after 15 minutes of inactivity. Press <strong>CONNECT</strong> again if necessary.<br />
• The <strong>RedLINK™</strong> connection has been securely established once you see the solid green light.</li>
</ul>
<h4><strong>Indoor Air Sensor (IAS)</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li>Press and release the CONNECT button on the receiver.</li>
<li>Make sure the receiver is in wireless setup mode (connect LED is slowly flashing green). If the CONNECT light does not flash, another receiver or a RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver may be in wireless setup mode. Exit wireless setup mode at the other device.</li>
<li>Press and release the CONNECT button on the IAS.</li>
<li>When pairing starts, the CONNECT lights on the IAS and the receiver will both be fast flashing green.</li>
<li>After successfully completing enrollment, the CONNECT light on the IAS will be solid green for a short period of time and then turn off.</li>
<li>Check for the IAS option in the temperature source and humidity source from the controller.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE-3.webp" /><strong>Notes:</strong><br />
• Your controller can only use one IAS.<br />
• When the IAS light is solid red, it may have failed to enroll or has disconnected. Please re-enroll and check the distance between the IAS and the receiver.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Link Remote Controller to RedLINK™ Receiver</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail alignnone ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> In most homes, the Remote Controller can connect at distances of 200 feet. Try to avoid walls or other blockages, but they should not affect RedLINK signal.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-10.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Press <strong>SELECT</strong> to establish a link to the RedLINK™ receiver.</li>
<li>In less than 30 seconds, the link between the MHK2 Controller and RedLINK receiver will be established; showing “Success” on the display.</li>
<li>Press <strong>DONE</strong> to display the home screen.</li>
<li>The MHK2 Controller will display a “WAIT” screen while it receives data from the indoor unit. While on the “WAIT” screen:<br />
• If the controller shows the RedLINK™ disconnected icon<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-4.webp" /> at the top-right, the controller has lost connection with the receiver.<br />
• If the controller shows the RedLINK™ connected icon<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-4-1.webp" />, the controller is connected to the receiver.<br />
• To unenroll the receiver, press and hold the bottom-center of the controller’s screen for 5 seconds. The controller will then unenroll all RedLINK™ connections.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Exit RedLINK™ Setup</h4>
<p>Press and release the <strong>CONNECT</strong> button on the RedLINK™ receiver to exit the wireless setup (light should stop flashing and remain solid).</p>
<table width="1238">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE-4.webp" /></td>
<td width="828"><strong>Note:</strong> The RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver will automatically exit the wireless setup after 15 minutes of inactivity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE-4.webp" /></td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong> If installing more than one receiver, you must exit the RedLINK™ set up on the previous receiver before attempting wireless setup of subsequent controllers/receivers.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Initial Installer Setup</h4>
<p>After the MHK2 Controller has communicated with the indoor unit correctly, MHK2 Controller will change from the “Wait” screen to the “Initial Installer Setup” screen and show<strong> START SETUP. </strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-11.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>The MHK2 will search for the support of indoor unit function codes. If it finds indoor unit support, the controller will load the Function Code setup. If the controller does not find indoor unit support, the controller will load the Installer Set-Up (ISU). See page 10 for a full list of ISU options.</li>
<li>Touch<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.webp" /> or<img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> toggle between Function Code/ISU options.</li>
<li>Touch Edit or touch the text area, and then touch <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> to edit default setup options.</li>
<li>Touch<strong> Done</strong> or touch the text area to confirm the setting or press Cancel.</li>
<li>Touch<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> to continue to set up another ISU option.</li>
<li>To finish setup and save your settings, scroll to the <strong>FINISH SETUP</strong> screen at the end of the ISU list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> To see a list of all setup parameters, go to “Installer Setup Options (ISU) – Advanced Menu” on page 10. The MHK2 Controller displays the ISU name and the ISU number.</p>
<h4>Installer Setup – Advanced Menu (After Initial Installation)</h4>
<p>To access the advanced menu, press and hold the Menu button for 5 seconds. Touch <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> to go through the options in the advanced menu.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Menu Options</strong></p>
<p><strong>Function Codes:</strong> This is used to access the device Function Code settings.<br />
<strong>Device Setup:</strong> This is used to access the device ISU settings.<br />
<strong>Screen Lock:</strong> The controller touch screen can be set to partially or fully lock. The partial lock allows temporary overrides. The full lock will not allow any overrides. You will always have the option to unlock the device.<br />
<strong>System Test:</strong> Test the wireless communications or heating and cooling equipment.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-12.webp" /><strong>Unenroll Device: </strong>Remove a connected receiver or controller.<br />
<strong>Reset:</strong> Access all receptions on the MHK2 Controller. This is the only place to access factory reset.<br />
<strong>Alert History:</strong> Alert History saves the last 25 alerts. Once the list is full, the oldest alert will be kicked out.</p>
<h4>M-Series &amp; P-Series Indoor Unit Function Codes</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE-5.webp" /><strong>Note:</strong> Default settings for Function Codes 1-28 are automatically determined by the HVAC equipment. It may take up to 40 seconds to enter setup and 30 seconds to exit setup. Please refer to the indoor unit manual for unit-specific function codes and the description of their values. A summary is shown in the following tables.</p>
<table width="1247">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="44"><strong>Mode #</strong></td>
<td width="188"><strong>Indoor Unit Compatibility</strong></td>
<td width="118"><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td width="73"><strong>Setting #</strong></td>
<td width="218"><strong>Settings</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">1</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">All</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Power Failure Auto Recovery</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Not available (OFF)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2 *1-1</td>
<td width="218">Available (ON ) approximately 4 minute delay</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">2</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">All</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Indoor Temperature Detection</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Average data from all unit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Return air</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3 *2-1</td>
<td width="218">Remote Controller</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">3</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">All</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Lossnay Connectivity</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Not supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">IDU does not intake OA through Lossnay</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">IDU does intake OA through Lossnay</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">4</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">All</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Power Supply Voltage</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">230 volt</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">208 volt</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">5</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">PEAD</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Auto Mode</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Energy-saving cycle automatically enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Energy-saving cycle automatically disabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">7</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">All</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Filter Sign</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">100 hours</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">2500 hours</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">No filter sign indicator</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">8</p>
<p>*D</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">SLZ/PLA PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Air Flow (Fan Speed)</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Quiet</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Standard</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">High ceiling</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="44">8</p>
<p>*D</td>
<td width="188">SEZ/SVZ/PEAD/PVA</td>
<td width="118">Static Settings</td>
<td colspan="2" width="293">See “Static Pressure Settings” on page 12.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">9</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">PLA</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Number of Air Outlets</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">4 directions or all 4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">3 directions or just 3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">2 directions or just 2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">10 *D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">PLA PCA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">High-Performance Filter Also Static Settings</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Not supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="44">10 *D</td>
<td width="188">SEZ/SVZ/PEAD/PVA</td>
<td width="118">Static Settings</td>
<td colspan="2" width="293">See “Static Pressure Settings” on page 12.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">11 *D</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">PLA</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Horizontal Vane Setting</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Downward setting (vanes angle setup 3)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Middle setting (vanes angle setup 1)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73"></td>
<td width="218">Draft less setting (vanes angle setup 2) *11</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">11 *D</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">SLZ PCA</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Horizontal Vane Setting</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">No setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Draft less setting (vane angle setup 1)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73"></td>
<td width="218">Downward setting (vanes angle setup 2)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">11</p>
<p>*D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SVZ/PEAD/PVA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Heater Control (Used with Mode 23)</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">No heater present</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Heater available</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">12</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">SLZ-KF/PLA-A__EA7</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">3-D i-See Sensor Positioning *12-1 *12-2</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Position 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Position 2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">Position 3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">13</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SVZ/PVA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Optional Humidifier</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Not supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="44">14</td>
<td rowspan="4" width="188">PLA PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="4" width="118">Vane Differential Setting in Heating Mode (Cold Wind Prevention)</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">75-82 °F TH5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">82-90 °F TH5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">90-100 °F TH5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">(3 °C) 37 °F</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">16</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SVZ/PVA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Humidifier Control</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">With compressor only</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">In Heat mode all the time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">17</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">PLA PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Change of Defrosting Control</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Standard</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">High humidity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">23 *D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">PLA-BA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Vane Swing</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Swing</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Wave airflow</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">23 *D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Vane Swing</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Not available (OFF)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Available (ON)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">23</p>
<p>*D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SLZ SEZ</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Heater Control *23-1</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Set temp -4.5 °F ON</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Set temp -1.8 °F ON</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">23 *D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SVZ/PEAD/PVA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Heater Control *23-1</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Disable heater during Defrost/Error</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Enable heater during defrosting and error *23-2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">24</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SLZ/PLA  SEZ/SVZ/PEAD<br />
PCA/PKA *24-1</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Heating Height Offset 4</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Available (ON) 4 °C (7.2 °F) up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Not available (OFF)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">25</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">SLZ/PLA<br />
SEZ/SVZ/PEAD/PVA<br />
PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Fan Speed Thermo-Off  Heating</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Extra-low</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Stop</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">RC setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">26 *D</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">SLZ-KF/PLA-A__EA7</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">3D i-See Sensor Height Offset Setting *12-1 *12-2</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Low (less than 8.9 feet)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Standard (8.9 to 11.5)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">High (11.5 to 14.8)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">26 *D</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SVZ</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Erv Control</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">IDU STOP, fan speed STOP, and CN2C is OFF</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">IDU STOP, fan speed is RC Setting,  and CN2C is ON</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="44">27</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="188">SLZ/PLA SEZ/<br />
SVZ/PEAD<br />
PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="118">Fan Speed Thermo-Off  Cooling</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">RC setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Stop</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">3</td>
<td width="218">Extra Low *27-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="44">28</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="188">SLZ/PLA SEZ/SVZ/ PEAD PCA/PKA</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="118">Detection of Abnormal of the Pipe Temperature (P8)</td>
<td width="73">1</td>
<td width="218">Available (ON)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="73">2</td>
<td width="218">Not Available (OFF)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1114">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="583"><strong>N</strong><strong>ot</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>s</strong><strong>:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*D</td>
<td width="554">Duplicate code with multiple settings for different indoor unit types.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*1-1</td>
<td width="554">When the power supply returns, the air conditioner will start 3 minutes or 1 minute later (hinge on the outdoor unit).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*2-1</td>
<td width="554">Can be set only when a wired or RedLINK Remote Controller is used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*11</td>
<td width="554">Because condensation may form, do not use this setting in a high-temperature, high-humidity environment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*12-1</td>
<td width="554">Cassette must have 3D i-See Sensor installed to operate, refer to install manual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*12-2</td>
<td width="554">When the 3D i-See Sensor corner panel position is changed, change this mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*23-1</td>
<td width="554">For the detail of heater control, refer to the service manual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*23-2</td>
<td width="554">Heater will only operate during a communication error between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*24-1</td>
<td width="554">PKA-HA(L)/KA(L): 3.6°F (2°C) up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">*27-1</td>
<td width="554">Only SLZ and PLA are able to set this setting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Installer Setup Options (ISU) – Advanced Menu</h4>
<table width="1304">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50"><strong>I</strong><strong>S</strong><strong>U #</strong></td>
<td width="82"><strong>I</strong><strong>S</strong><strong>U Name</strong></td>
<td width="144"><strong>I</strong><strong>S</strong><strong>U Options (defaults in bold)</strong></td>
<td width="324"><strong>N</strong><strong>ot</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>s</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">134</td>
<td width="82">Central Controller</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="144">• <strong>Not installed<br />
</strong>• Installed</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">The control determines the correct setting based on whether the central controller was linked to the system. If the central controller is installed in the system, then the device will function as a non-programmable device and only a single setpoint will be supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Present</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">139</td>
<td width="82">Fahrenheit</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Fahrenheit</strong></td>
<td width="324"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Celsius</td>
<td width="144">• Celsius</td>
<td width="324"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">142</td>
<td width="82">System Type</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Heat pump (Heat &amp; Cool)<br />
</strong>• Cool only</td>
<td width="324">The control determines the correct setting based on the equipment the receiver is plugged into.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">144</td>
<td width="82">Auto Changeover</td>
<td width="144">• Manual Changeover (MANUAL)<br />
• <strong>Auto Changeover (ACO)<br />
</strong>• Auto Changeover Single Setpoint (Single SP)</td>
<td width="324">If ACO is selected, system mode options will be Heat, Off, Cool, and Auto.<br />
If MANUAL is selected, AUTO mode is disabled during operation and not selectable by the user.<br />
This ISU setting is not shown when ISU 134 is set to INSTALLED or  ISU 142 is set to COOL ONLY.<br />
MANUAL and ACO settings are shown if ISU 134 is set to NOT  INSTALLED. SINGLE SP defaults if ISU 134 is set to INSTALLED.<br />
MANUAL and ACO options are suitable for use with Kumo cloud®   and a Wireless Interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">145</td>
<td width="82">Deadband</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>3 </strong>to 8 °F (in 1 °F increment)<br />
• <strong>2.0 </strong>to 4.5 ° C (in .5 °C increments)</td>
<td width="324">This ISU is shown if Auto Changeover (ACO) is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">146</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Drying Mode</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Disabled</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">This ISU is shown if dry mode is supported by the indoor unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">150</td>
<td width="82">Schedule Owner</td>
<td width="144">• The MHK2 alone can be used to establish  a schedule<br />
• <strong>kumo cloud</strong><strong>®</strong><strong>  </strong><strong>a</strong><strong>lon</strong><strong>e can be used </strong><strong>t</strong><strong>o </strong><strong>e</strong><strong>s</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>ab</strong><strong>l</strong><strong>i</strong><strong>s</strong><strong>h </strong><strong>a schedule</strong></td>
<td width="324">This ISU is not shown if the MHK2 is NOT connected to a Wireless Interface 2 or later model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">151</td>
<td width="82">Schedule Type</td>
<td width="144">• No schedule<br />
• Mo-Su<br />
• <strong>Mo-Fr/Sa-Su<br />
</strong>• Mo-Fr/Sa/Su<br />
• M/T/W/T/F/S/S</td>
<td width="324"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">152</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Schedule Off Periods</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Disabled</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If disabled, Schedule Power Off in schedule mode cannot be used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="50">153</td>
<td width="82">Residential/</td>
<td width="144"></td>
<td rowspan="3" width="324">When set for Residential, the schedule periods are Wake, Leave, Return, Sleep. When set for Commercial, the schedule options are Occupied and Unoccupied.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Commercial</td>
<td width="144"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Schedule</td>
<td width="144">• Commercial</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">161</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Lockout System On</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Disabled</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen and not allow the user to adjust the mode from off to on. If the user attempts to adjust the mode from off to on, the lock symbol will flash. This will keep the Remote Controller from turning on the equipment. The equipment will need to be remotely turned on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">162</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Lockout System Off</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Disabled</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen and not allow the user to adjust the mode from on to off.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">163</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Lockout Mode</td>
<td width="144">• <strong>Disabled</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen and not allow the user to adjust the mode from the current mode to any other mode, except for Off. If the user attempts to adjust the mode, the lock symbol will flash. The user will still be able to turn the unit on and off only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">164</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Lockout Fan Speed</td>
<td width="144">• Disabled</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen, and if the user attempts to modify the fan setting, the lock symbol will flash.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">165</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Lockout Setpoint</td>
<td width="144">• Disabled</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen, and “Partial Lock” in the user menu will be hidden. If the user attempts to modify the setpoint, the lock symbol will flash and keep the current setpoint.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">167</td>
<td width="82">Lockout Vane</td>
<td width="144">• Disabled</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the controller will show a lock symbol at the bottom of the screen, and if the user attempts to modify the vane direction, the lock symbol will flash.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Direction</td>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">170</td>
<td width="82">Hide Indoor</td>
<td width="144">• Disabled</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, the indoor temperature is not shown in the display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Temperature</td>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">171</td>
<td width="82">Hide Indoor</td>
<td width="144">• Disabled</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">If enabled, indoor humidity is not shown in the display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Humidity Display</td>
<td width="144">• Enabled</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">180</td>
<td width="82">Max Heat Setpoint</td>
<td width="144">• 40 to 90 °F (4.5 to 32.5 °C)</td>
<td width="324">The Max Heat Setpoint can be adjusted to any whole number between 40 and 90 °F, as well as half increments between 4.5 and 32.5 °C.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50">181</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Min Cool Setpoint</td>
<td width="144">• 50 to 99 °F (10 to 37 °C)</td>
<td width="324">The Min Cool Setpoint can be adjusted to any whole number between 50 and 99 °F, as well as half increments between 10 and 37 °C.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="50">190</td>
<td width="144">• MHK2</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="324">Options 2 and 3 are not shown if the RedLINK™ Indoor Air Sensor is not enrolled. MHK2: The MHK2 built-in thermistor (default).<br />
RedLINK™ Sensor: A RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor.<br />
Average: An average of the MHK2 sensor and RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Averaging does not work with the Kumo cloud® Bluetooth wireless temperature and humidity sensor.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Indoor Temperature</td>
<td width="144">• Indoor unit<br />
• RedLINK™ sensor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Source</td>
<td width="144">• Average of MHK2 and RedLINK™ sensor (IAS)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">191</td>
<td width="82">Indoor Temperature</td>
<td width="144">• -5 °F to 5 °F (-2.5 °C to 2.5 °C)</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">The Indoor Temperature Display Offset can be adjusted to any whole number between -5 and 5 °F, as well as half increments between -2.5 and 2.5 °C. 0 is the default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="82">Display Offset</td>
<td width="144"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="50">195</td>
<td width="144">• MHK2</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="324">Options 1 and 2 will not be shown if the RedLINK™ Indoor Air Sensor is not enrolled. MHK2: The RedLINK™ Sensor thermistor  (default).<br />
RedLINK Sensor: A RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Average: An average of the RedLINK™  Sensor and RedLINK™-connected wireless indoor temperature/humidity sensor. Averaging does not work with the Kumo cloud® Bluetooth wireless temperature and humidity sensor.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Indoor Humidity</td>
<td width="144">• RedLINK™ sensor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Source</td>
<td width="144">• Average of MHK2 and RedLINK™ sensor (IAS)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="50">196</td>
<td width="82">Indoor Humidity</td>
<td width="144">• -10% RH to 10% RH</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="324">The Indoor Humidity Display Offset can be adjusted to any whole number between -10 and 10 RH. 0 is the default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="82">Display Offset</td>
<td width="144"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Static Pressure Settings</h4>
<p><strong>PEAD-AA<br />
</strong></p>
<table width="926">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="76"><strong>E</strong><strong>x</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>rna</strong><strong>l Static<br />
</strong><strong>Pressure</strong></td>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>Wi</strong><strong>re</strong><strong>d or RedLINK Remote Controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 8</strong></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 10</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">35 Pa</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">50 Pa</td>
<td width="76">3</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">70 Pa</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">100 Pa</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">125 Pa</td>
<td width="76">3</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>SEZ</strong></p>
<table width="926">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="76"><strong>E</strong><strong>x</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>rna</strong><strong>l Static<br />
</strong><strong>Pressure</strong></td>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>Wi</strong><strong>re</strong><strong>d or RedLINK Remote Controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 8</strong></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 10</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">5 Pa (0.02 in. WG)</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">15 Pa (0.06 in. WG)</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">35 Pa (0.14 in. WG)</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">50 Pa (0.20 in. WG)</td>
<td width="76">3</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>S</strong><strong>V</strong><strong>Z – Vertical, Horizontal Left &amp; Right<br />
</strong></p>
<table width="920">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="76"><strong>E</strong><strong>x</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>rna</strong><strong>l Static<br />
</strong><strong>Pressure</strong></td>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>Wi</strong><strong>re</strong><strong>d or RedLINK Remote Controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 8</strong></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 10</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.3 in. WG (75 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.5 in. WG (125 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.8 in. WG (200 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">3</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>* Regarding to downflow setting, please refer to the downflow kit installation manual.</p>
<p><strong>SVZ -Downflow<br />
</strong></p>
<table width="915">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="76"><strong>E</strong><strong>x</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>rna</strong><strong>l Static<br />
</strong><strong>Pressure</strong></td>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>Wi</strong><strong>re</strong><strong>d or RedLINK Remote Controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 8</strong></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 10</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.3 in. WG (75 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.5 in. WG (125 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.6 in. WG (200 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">3</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>PVA – Vertical, Horizontal Left &amp; Right<br />
</strong></p>
<table width="928">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="76"><strong>E</strong><strong>x</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>rna</strong><strong>l Static<br />
</strong><strong>Pressure</strong></td>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="152"><strong>Wi</strong><strong>re</strong><strong>d or RedLINK Remote Controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 8</strong></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 10</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.3 in. WG (75 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.5 in. WG (125 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">2</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="76">0.8 in. WG (200 Pa)</td>
<td width="76">3</td>
<td width="76">1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>* Regarding to downflow setting, please refer to the downflow kit installation manual.</p>
<p><strong>PVA – Downflow</strong></p>
<table width="943">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="84"><strong>E</strong><strong>x</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>rna</strong><strong>l Static<br />
</strong><strong>Pressure</strong></td>
<td colspan="2" width="143"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="143"><strong>Wi</strong><strong>re</strong><strong>d or RedLINK Remote Controller</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="72"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 8</strong></td>
<td width="72"><strong>Mod</strong><strong>e No. 10</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84">0.3 in. WG (75 Pa)</td>
<td width="72">1</td>
<td width="72">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84">0.5 in. WG (125 Pa)</td>
<td width="72">2</td>
<td width="72">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84">0.8 in. WG (200 Pa)*</td>
<td width="72">3</td>
<td width="72">2</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>*PVA-A42 in Downflow External Static pressure: 0.70.</p>
<h4>Vane Settings</h4>
<p><strong>Mode No. 11<br />
</strong></p>
<table width="1286">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="60"><strong>S</strong><strong>e</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>t</strong><strong>in</strong><strong>g No.</strong></td>
<td width="140"><strong>PLA-EA</strong></td>
<td width="140"><strong>S</strong><strong>L</strong><strong>Z-KF</strong></td>
<td width="140"><strong>P</strong><strong>C</strong><strong>A</strong><strong>–</strong><strong>K</strong><strong>A</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="60">1</td>
<td width="140">Downward setting (vanes angle setup 3)</td>
<td width="140">Not setting</td>
<td width="140">No vanes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="60">2</td>
<td width="140">Middle setting (vanes angle setup 1)</td>
<td width="140">Draft less (vanes angle setup 1)</td>
<td width="140">(Vanes angle setup 1)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="60">3</td>
<td width="140">Draft less (vanes angle setup 2)</td>
<td width="140">Downward setting (vanes angle setup 2)</td>
<td width="140">(Vanes angle setup 2)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4><strong>Performing a System Test</strong></h4>
<p>You can test the system setup in <strong>ADVANCED MENU</strong> under the <strong>SYSTEM TEST</strong> option.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-12.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Press and hold Menu on the controller for 5 seconds to access <strong>ADVANCED MENU</strong> options.</li>
<li>Touch<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to go to <strong>SYSTEM TEST.</strong></li>
<li>Touch <strong>Select</strong> or touch text area.</li>
<li>Touch<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />select system test type. Touch Select or the touch text area.</li>
<li>For the Heat Test and Cool Test use<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to activate the equipment.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> The clock is used as a timer while Heat or Cool is running. The Heat and Cool indicators are displayed when the system test is running.</p>
<p><strong>Kumo cloud® </strong><br />
<strong>Connecting to the Kumo cloud®:</strong> The Wireless Interface 2 or later must be installed and configured with the Kumo cloud app before continuing with the startup of the MHK2.</p>
<p><strong>Automatic Setting of Time Provided by the Wireless Interface</strong><br />
When a Wireless Interface is present, the MHK2 Controller will operate using the time and date the Wireless Interface receives from the Internet. In the event of a system power outage, the MHK2 Controller’s time and date setting will be independent until such time as the Wireless Interface regains an Internet connection. At that point, the  MHK2 Controller will again match the Wireless Interface’s Internet-acquired time and date.</p>
<h4>Key Features</h4>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/33.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - FIGURE 14" width="1171" height="1132" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-14.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 1050w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-14-300x290.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-14-1024x990.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 1024w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-14-768x742.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 768w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-FIGURE-14.png?ezimgfmt=rs:612x592/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> The screen will wake up by pressing the center area of the displayed temperature. The screen will stay lit for 10 seconds.</p>
<h4>RedLINK™ Error Codes</h4>
<p>134 Weak signal. Move wireless device to a different location and try again.<br />
137 Maximum number of clients reached.<br />
153 Timeout.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> If any other error codes are given on the screen of MRCH2, please contact customer service.</p>
<p><strong>Replacing System Components</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/18.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - NOTE" width="54" height="53" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-NOTE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x53/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><strong>Note:</strong> Only use Mitsubishi Electric components or other designated components for installation. Failure to comply may damage the product or cause a hazardous condition.</p>
<p><strong>RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller<br />
</strong>To replace a RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller, install batteries, affix to the wall plate, and follow the procedures on page 6 to link it to the RedLINK™ network. If necessary, modify settings as needed (see tables on pages 10–11).</p>
<p><strong>RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver</strong><br />
After installing a new RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver, you must unenroll the RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller so it can communicate with the new RedLINK™  Wireless Receiver, as described below.</p>
<p><strong>There are three ways to unenroll the RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller from the old RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Press and hold the Menu button for 5 seconds to enter the Advanced Menu. Touch <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> select UNENROLL DEVICE. Touch Select. Connect the new RedLINK™  Wireless Receiver.</li>
<li>Enter the Advanced Menu. Touch <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> select RESET. Touch <strong>Select</strong>. Touch <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/30.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 2" width="29" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-2.png?ezimgfmt=rs:29x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />or <img decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/29.webp" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - ICON 3" width="30" height="29" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-ICON-3.png?ezimgfmt=rs:30x29/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />select FACTORY. Touch Select. Touch Yes to confirm. Connect the new RedLINK™  Wireless Receiver.</li>
<li>If the RedLINK™ Wireless Remote Controller is on the “Wait” screen, press and holds the bottom-center of the screen for 5 seconds. Connect the new RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To remove all RedLINK™ devices:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Press and hold the <strong>CONNECT</strong> button on the RedLINK™ Wireless Receiver for 10 seconds.</li>
<li>To reconnect, see the procedure on page 6.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Regulatory Information</h4>
<p><strong>FCC Compliance Statement (Part 15.19) (USA Only)</strong><br />
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:</p>
<ol>
<li>This device may not cause harmful interference, and</li>
<li>This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>FCC Warning (Part 15.21) (USA Only)</strong><br />
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.</p>
<p><strong>FCC Interference Statement (Part 15.105 (b)) (USA Only)</strong><br />
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the  user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:</p>
<ul>
<li>Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.</li>
<li>Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.</li>
<li>Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.</li>
<li>Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Wireless Receiver and MHK2 Remote Control</strong><br />
To comply with FCC and Industry Canada RF exposure limits for general population/ uncontrolled exposure, the antenna(s) used for these transmitters must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.</p>
<p><strong>Section 7.1.3 of RSS-GEN</strong><br />
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:</p>
<ol>
<li>This device may not cause interference, and</li>
<li>This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Section 7.1.2 of RSS-GEN</strong><br />
Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry  Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication.<br />
The operation of this equipment is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this equipment or device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this equipment or device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation.</p>
<h4>Specifications</h4>
<p><strong>Operating Ambient Temperature</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Remote Controller: 32 to 120 °F (0 to 48.9 °C)</li>
<li>Wireless Receiver: -40 to 165 °F (-40 to 73.9 °C)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Operating Relative Humidity</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Remote Controller: 5% to 90% (non-condensing)</li>
<li> Wireless Receiver: 5% to 95% (non-condensing)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Physical Dimensions (Height, Width, Depth)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Remote Controller: 4-5/64″ x 4-5/64″ x 1-1/16″ (104 mm x 104 mm x 27 mm)</li>
<li>Wireless Receiver: 3-3/32″ x 1-3/4″ x 39/64″ (74.8 x 44.4 x 15.4 mm)</li>
</ul>
<h4>ADA Compliance</h4>
<p>Please consult chapter 3 section 309 of the United Sates Access Board.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/34.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - QR CODE" width="222" height="224" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-QR-CODE.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 222w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-QR-CODE-150x150.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 150w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-QR-CODE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:222x224/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><a href="https://qrs.ly/8h9m0kx" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://qrs.ly/8h9m0kx</a></p>
<p>Kumo cloud is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc.<br />
All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.<br />
® U.S. Registered Trademark.<br />
© 2019 Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc.<br />
Suwanee, GA 30024<br />
33-00446EFS—04 M.S. Rev. 10-19<br />
Printed in Mexico<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/35.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MHK2 RedLINK Wireless Remote Controller Kit - BAR CODE" width="479" height="133" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-BAR-CODE.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 479w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-BAR-CODE-300x83.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/MITSUBISHI-ELECTRIC-MHK2-RedLINK-Wireless-Remote-Controller-Kit-BAR-CODE.png?ezimgfmt=rs:479x133/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<h4>FAQS</h4>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Any chance this will get retroactive HomeKit functionality?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">The piece that comes with this is not WiFi capable therefore cannot connect to any device except for the included thermostat.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does this come with the pac-uswhs002? or is that separate?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">No, the Wi-Fi interface is separate. This includes the wireless receiver that communicates with the thermostat, but there is no Wi-Fi or kumo cloud functionality without the separately sold accessory you’re asking about.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Do i need a redlink receiver to connect this thermostat when i already have pac-uswhs002 wifi interface connected to my unit?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">yes. Redlink is different from WIFI. There is a spot on the pac-uswhs002 to plug in the redlink receiver if you want to use both the wall thermostat and the wifi.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">If anyone knows, can the individual programs be set with different fan speeds scheduled, or are all set-times the same fan speed?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Setting fan speed is not an option for each period. You can set fan speed to auto in the main menu.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Will this only work for one outdoor unit but can use it for multiple air handlers?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">You will need a separate thermostat for each air handler.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does mhk2 unit has everything needed to connect to kumo cloud, or pac-uswhs002-wf-2 is needed to add kumo cloud functionality?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Yes it does require the pac2</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does this come with installation instructions for ducted unit?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">No, only for ductless.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">So if I need a Wifi kit separately from this, then what is the “wifi” or “remote” capability that this provides without that kit?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">This kit definitely does not include any capability to control the system from a smart phone or the internet. “Remote” in this case refers to the RF Redlink connection between the thermostat and the split indoor unit.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Is this a user-installable kit, or does it require a service technician?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Very easy, do it yourself.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Will this connect with a honeywell thm6000r1002 redlink gateway and allow system control with honeywell home total connect comfort?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">There are different versions of RedLink which are incompatible with eachother. This uses RedLink 3.0. Check which version of RedLink your gateway uses but it likely won’t work.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does this contain the receiver, cable and controller?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Yes it does. It’s a set. Unless you are looking to buy just the thermostat.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Can this set a schedule for weekdays and weekends without connecting to the cloud?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">With the MHK1 this is possible but I don’t know about the MHK2.<br />
By the way, make sure it’s the MHK2 that you need rather than the MHK1.<br />
You can find this out via the Mitsubishi site.<br />
The MHK2 info. says it will work on all MSZ series units–it doesn’t.<br />
Forget the Redlink if you don’t have access to a contractor’s “pin” number.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Will the thermostat in the remote be used for ductless units as well, or just for ducted ones? A contractor told me only ducted?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">It only controls 1 unit, whether it’s ducted or ductless. So whichever unit you connect it to will be controlled by that thermostat.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Is this thermostat compatible with my msz-gl series indoor unit (naxwst12a112aa)?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Check the Mitsubishi compatibility charts.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does this replace mrch1?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Yes since Mrch1 was discontinued.</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC 12000 BTU/H Wall Mounted Heat Pump System Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/12000-btu-heat/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Jul 2023 11:05:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=167530</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC 12000 BTU/H Wall Mounted Heat Pump System Indoor Unit: MSZ-GL12NA Outdoor Unit: MUZ-GL12NA-U1 MUZ-GL12NA-U2 Wireless Remote Controller GENERAL FEATURES Slim wall-mounted indoor units provide zone comfort control The outdoor unit powers the indoor unit, and should a power outage occur, the system is automatically restarted when power returns INVERTER-driven compressor and LEV provide high efficiency and comfort while using only the energy needed to maintain maximum performance Multiple fan speed options: Quiet, Low, Medium, High, Super-high, Auto Multiple control options available: Hand-held Remote Controller (provided with unit) kumo cloud® smart device app for remote access Third-party interface options Wired or wireless controllers Quiet operation Smart Set: recalls a preferred preset temperature setting at the touch of a button Blue Fin anti-corrosion treatment applied to the outdoor unit heat exchanger for increased coil protection and longer life. SPECIFICATIONS: MSZ-GL12NA &#38; MUZ-GL12NA Cooling1 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 13,600 Rated Capacity BTU/H 12,000 Minimum Capacity BTU/H 1,500 Maximum Power Input W 1,300 Rated Power Input W 920 Moisture Removal Pints/h 2.5 Sensible Heat Factor 0.77 Power Factor % 95 / 95 Heating at 47°F2 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 18,100 Rated Capacity BTU/H 14,400 Minimum Capacity BTU/H 2,000 Maximum Power Input W 1,620 Rated Power Input W 1,100 Power Factor % 96 / 96 Heating at 17°F3 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 12,000 Rated Capacity BTU/H 9,200 Maximum Power Input W 1,240 Rated Power Input W 870 Heating at 5°F4 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 9,790 Maximum Power Input W 1,020 Heating at -4°F5 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 7,920 Efficiency SEER 23.1 EER1 13.0 HSPF (IV) 12.5 COP at 47°F2 3.84 COP at 17°F in Maximum Capacity3 2.84 COP at 5°F in Maximum Capacity4 2.81 ENERGY STAR® certified units (ENERGY STAR products are third-party certified by an EPA-recognized Certification Body.) YES Electrical Voltage, Phase, Frequency 208/230V, 1 phase, 60Hz Guaranteed Voltage Range V AC 187 – 253 Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S1-S2 V AC 208 / 230 Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S2-S3 V DC 24 Short-circuit Current Rating (SCCR) kA 5 Recommended Fuse/Breaker Size (Outdoor) A 15 Recommended Wire Size (Indoor – Outdoor) AWG 14 Indoor Unit MCA A 1 MOCP A 15 Blower Motor Full Load Amperage A 0.76 Blower Motor Output W 30 Airflow Rate at Cooling, Dry CFM 399-321-237-170-145 SPECIFICATIONS: MSZ-GL12NA &#38; MUZ-GL12NA Airflow Rate at Cooling, Wet CFM 364-286-201-134-109 Airflow Rate at Heating, Dry CFM 406-321-237-170-145 Sound Pressure Level (Cooling) dB(A) 45-37-30-22-19 Sound Pressure Level (Heating) dB(A) 43-37-30-22-19 Drain Pipe Size In. (mm) 5/8 (15.88) Heat Exchanger Type Plate fin coil External Finish Color Munsell 1.0Y 9.2/0.2 Unit Dimensions W: In. (mm) 31-7/16 (798) D: In. (mm) 9-1/8 (232) H: In. (mm) 11-5/8 (295) Package Dimensions W: In. (mm) 33-1/2 (850) D: In. (mm) 12 (300) H: In. (mm) 14 (350) Unit Weight Lbs. (kg) 22 (10) Package Weight Lbs. (kg) 26 (11.5) Indoor Unit Operating Temperature Range Cooling Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)* °F 90 DB, 73 WB / 67 DB, 57 WB Heating Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum) °F 80 DB / 70 DB Outdoor Unit MCA A 9 MOCP A 15 Fan Motor Full Load Amperage A 0.5 Fan Motor Output W 55 Airflow Rate CFM 1,229 / 1,172 Refrigerant Control LEV Defrost Method Reverse cycle Heat Exchanger Type Plate fin coil Sound Pressure Level, Cooling1 dB(A) 49 Sound Pressure Level, Heating2 dB(A) 51 Compressor Type DC INVERTER-driven Compressor Model SNB092FQAMT Compressor Rated Load Amps A 6.6 Compressor Locked Rotor Amps A 8.2 Compressor Oil Type // Charge oz. FV50S // 11.8 External Finish Color Munsell 3Y 7.8/1/1 Base Pan Heater Optional Unit Dimensions W: In. (mm) 31-1/3 (800) D: In. (mm) 11-1/5 (285) H: In. (mm) 21-5/9 (550) Package Dimensions W: In. (mm) 37 (940) D: In. (mm) 14-15/16 (380) H: In. (mm) 24-13/16 (630) Unit Weight Lbs. (kg) 81 (37) SPECIFICATIONS: MSZ-GL12NA &#38; MUZ-GL12NA Package Weight Lbs. (kg) 89 (40) Outdoor Unit Operating Temperature Range Cooling Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)* °F 115 / 14 Cooling Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures** °F -1 / 3 Heating Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum) °F 75 / -4 Heating Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures** °F -9 / -4 Refrigerant Type R410A Charge Lbs, oz 2, 9 Piping Gas Pipe Size O.D. (Flared) In. (mm) 3/8 (9.52) Liquid Pipe Size O.D. (Flared) In. (mm) 1/4 (6.35) Maximum Piping Length Ft. (m) 65 (20) Maximum Height Difference Ft. (m) 40 (12) Maximum Number of Bends 10 Notes AHRI Rated Conditions (Rated data is determined at a fixed compressor speed) 1Cooling (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 80 DB, 67 WB // 95 DB, 75 WB 2Heating at 47°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // 47 DB, 43 WB 3Heating at 17°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // 17 DB, 15 WB Conditions 4Heating at 5°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // 5 DB, 4 WB 5Heating at -4°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // -4 DB, -5 WB *Applications should be restricted to comfort cooling only; equipment cooling applications are not recommended for low ambient temperature conditions. **System cuts out in heating mode to avoid thermistor error and automatically restarts at these temperatures. ACCESSORIES: MSZ-GL12NA Anti-allergy Enzyme Filter □ MAC-408FT-E kumo touch™ RedLINK™ Wireless Controller □ MHK2 Deluxe MA Remote Controller1 □ PAR-40MAAU Simple MA Controller1 □ PAC-YT53CRAU-J Touch MA Controller1 □ PAR-CT01MAU-SB Wired Remote Sensor □ M21-EAA-307 Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor □ PAC-USWHS003-TH-1 System Control Interface2 □ MAC-334IF-E Wireless Interface 2 □ PAC-USWHS002-WF-2 Thermostat Interface □ PAC-US444CN-1 kumo station® □ PAC-WHS01HC-E USNAP Interface □ PAC-WHS01UP-E IT Extender □ PAC-WHS01IE-E BACnet® and MODBUS® Interface □ PAC-UKPRC001-CN-1 Lockdown Bracket for Hand-held Remote Controllers □ RCMKP1CB Blue Diamond Sensor Extension Cable — 15 Ft. □ C13-103 Blue Diamond Alarm Extension Cable — 6.5 Ft. □ C13-192 Blue Diamond MultiTank — collection tank for use with multiple pumps □ C21-014 Blue Diamond Rubber Foot Pads □ F10-010 Mini Condensate Pump — 230 volt application □ SI30-230 MegaBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &#38; Sensor □ X87-835 – 110 to 250V MaxiBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &#38; Sensor (110V) up to 48,000 BTU/ H[recommended] □ X87-711 – 110V Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &#38; Sensor (208/230V) [recommended] □ X87-721 – 208/230V MicroBlue Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump (110/208/230V) up to 18,000 BTU/H □ X85-003 Fascia Kit for MicroBlue Pump – mounts the MicroBlue and sensor directly beneath the indoor unit □ T18-016 Drain Pan Level Sensor □ SS610E (30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – Black □ TAZ-MS303 (30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – White □ TAZ-MS303W ACCESSORIES: MUZ-GL12NA Air Outlet Guide □ MAC-881SG Drain Socket □ MAC-860DS Optional Defrost Heater □ MAC-640BH-U Hail Guard □ HG-B4 Outdoor Unit 3-1/4 inch Mounting Base (Pair) – Plastic □ DSD-400P Condensing Unit Mounting Pad 16″ x 36″ x 3″ □ ULTRILITE1 Outdoor Unit Stand — 12″ High □ QSMS1201M Outdoor Unit Stand — 18″ High □ QSMS1801M Outdoor Unit Stand — 24″ High □ QSMS2401M Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket— Coated Steel □ QSWB2000M-1 Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket — 316 Series Stainless Steel □ QSWBSS 15′ x 1/4″ x 15′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-15 30′ x 1/4″ x 30′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-30 50′ x 1/4″ x 50′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-50 65′ x 1/4″ x 65′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-65 DIMENSIONS: MSZ-GL12NA DIMENSIONS: MUZ-GL12NA FORM# MSZ-GL12NA / MUZ-GL12NA – 202003 Specifications are subject to change without notice. © 2020 Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. All rights reserved. 1340 Satellite Boulevard, Suwanee, GA 30024 Toll Free: 800-433-4822 www.mehvac.com [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/12000-btu-heat/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/logo-221.webp" /></h3>
<h4>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC 12000 BTU/H Wall Mounted Heat Pump System</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/product-260.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Indoor Unit: MSZ-GL12NA<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-1-168.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>Outdoor Unit:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MUZ-GL12NA-U1</li>
<li>MUZ-GL12NA-U2<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-2-165.webp" /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Wireless Remote Controller<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-3-150.webp" /></strong></p>
<h4>GENERAL FEATURES</h4>
<ul>
<li>Slim wall-mounted indoor units provide zone comfort control</li>
<li>The outdoor unit powers the indoor unit, and should a power outage occur, the system is automatically restarted when power returns</li>
<li>INVERTER-driven compressor and LEV provide high efficiency and comfort while using only the energy needed to maintain maximum performance</li>
<li>Multiple fan speed options: Quiet, Low, Medium, High, Super-high, Auto</li>
<li>Multiple control options available:
<ul>
<li>Hand-held Remote Controller (provided with unit)</li>
<li>kumo cloud® smart device app for remote access</li>
<li>Third-party interface options</li>
<li>Wired or wireless controllers</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Quiet operation</li>
<li>Smart Set: recalls a preferred preset temperature setting at the touch of a button</li>
<li>Blue Fin anti-corrosion treatment applied to the outdoor unit heat exchanger for increased coil protection and longer life.</li>
</ul>
<h4>SPECIFICATIONS: MSZ-GL12NA &amp; MUZ-GL12NA</h4>
<table width="843">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="8" width="123">Cooling1</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">13,600</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">12,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Minimum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">1,500</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,300</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">920</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Moisture Removal</td>
<td width="102">Pints/h</td>
<td width="210">2.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Sensible Heat Factor</td>
<td width="210">0.77</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Power Factor</td>
<td width="102">%</td>
<td width="210">95 / 95</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="123">Heating at 47°F2</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">18,100</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">14,400</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Minimum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">2,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,620</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,100</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Power Factor</td>
<td width="102">%</td>
<td width="210">96 / 96</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="123">Heating at 17°F3</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">12,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">9,200</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,240</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">870</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Heating at 5°F4</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">9,790</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,020</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="123">Heating at -4°F5</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">7,920</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7" width="123">Efficiency</td>
<td colspan="2" width="392">SEER</td>
<td width="210">23.1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">EER1</td>
<td width="210">13.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">HSPF (IV)</td>
<td width="210">12.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">COP at 47°F2</td>
<td width="210">3.84</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">COP at 17°F in Maximum Capacity3</td>
<td width="210">2.84</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">COP at 5°F in Maximum Capacity4</td>
<td width="210">2.81</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">ENERGY STAR® certified units (ENERGY STAR products are third-party certified by an EPA-recognized Certification Body.)</td>
<td width="210">YES</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7" width="123">Electrical</td>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Voltage, Phase, Frequency</td>
<td width="210">208/230V, 1 phase, 60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Guaranteed Voltage Range</td>
<td width="102">V AC</td>
<td width="210">187 – 253</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S1-S2</td>
<td width="102">V AC</td>
<td width="210">208 / 230</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S2-S3</td>
<td width="102">V DC</td>
<td width="210">24</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Short-circuit Current Rating (SCCR)</td>
<td width="102">kA</td>
<td width="210">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Recommended Fuse/Breaker Size (Outdoor)</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Recommended Wire Size (Indoor – Outdoor)</td>
<td width="102">AWG</td>
<td width="210">14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5" width="123">Indoor Unit</td>
<td width="290">MCA</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">MOCP</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Blower Motor Full Load Amperage</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">0.76</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Blower Motor Output</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate at Cooling, Dry</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">399-321-237-170-145</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>SPECIFICATIONS: MSZ-GL12NA &amp; MUZ-GL12NA</h5>
<table width="807">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="15" width="123"></td>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate at Cooling, Wet</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">364-286-201-134-109</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate at Heating, Dry</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">406-321-237-170-145</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level (Cooling)</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">45-37-30-22-19</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level (Heating)</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">43-37-30-22-19</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Drain Pipe Size</td>
<td width="102">In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">5/8 (15.88)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Heat Exchanger Type</td>
<td width="210">Plate fin coil</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">External Finish Color</td>
<td width="210">Munsell 1.0Y 9.2/0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Unit Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">31-7/16 (798)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">9-1/8 (232)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">11-5/8 (295)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Package Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">33-1/2 (850)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">12 (300)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">14 (350)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Unit Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">22 (10)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Package Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">26 (11.5)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Indoor Unit Operating Temperature Range</td>
<td width="290">Cooling Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)*</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">90 DB, 73 WB / 67 DB, 57 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Heating Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">80 DB / 70 DB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="24" width="123">Outdoor Unit</td>
<td width="290">MCA</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">MOCP</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Fan Motor Full Load Amperage</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">0.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Fan Motor Output</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">55</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">1,229 / 1,172</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Refrigerant Control</td>
<td width="210">LEV</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Defrost Method</td>
<td width="210">Reverse cycle</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Heat Exchanger Type</td>
<td width="210">Plate fin coil</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level, Cooling1</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">49</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level, Heating2</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">51</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Compressor Type</td>
<td width="210">DC INVERTER-driven</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Compressor Model</td>
<td width="210">SNB092FQAMT</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Compressor Rated Load Amps</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">6.6</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Compressor Locked Rotor Amps</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">8.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Compressor Oil Type // Charge</td>
<td width="102">oz.</td>
<td width="210">FV50S // 11.8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">External Finish Color</td>
<td width="210">Munsell 3Y 7.8/1/1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Base Pan Heater</td>
<td width="210">Optional</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Unit Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">31-1/3 (800)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">11-1/5 (285)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">21-5/9 (550)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Package Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">37 (940)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">14-15/16 (380)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">24-13/16 (630)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Unit Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">81 (37)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>SPECIFICATIONS: MSZ-GL12NA &amp; MUZ-GL12NA</h5>
<table width="732">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="123"></td>
<td width="290">Package Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">89 (40)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="123">Outdoor Unit Operating Temperature Range</td>
<td width="290">Cooling Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)*</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">115 / 14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Cooling Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures**</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">-1 / 3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Heating Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">75 / -4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Heating Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures**</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">-9 / -4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Refrigerant</td>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Type</td>
<td width="210">R410A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Charge</td>
<td width="102">Lbs, oz</td>
<td width="210">2, 9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5" width="123">Piping</td>
<td width="290">Gas Pipe Size O.D. (Flared)</td>
<td width="102">In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">3/8 (9.52)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Liquid Pipe Size O.D. (Flared)</td>
<td width="102">In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">1/4 (6.35)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Piping Length</td>
<td width="102">Ft. (m)</td>
<td width="210">65 (20)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Height Difference</td>
<td width="102">Ft. (m)</td>
<td width="210">40 (12)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Maximum Number of Bends</td>
<td width="210">10</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notes</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="123">AHRI Rated Conditions (Rated data is determined at a fixed compressor speed)</td>
<td width="290">1Cooling (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">80 DB, 67 WB // 95 DB, 75 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">2Heating at 47°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // 47 DB, 43 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">3Heating at 17°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // 17 DB, 15 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Conditions</td>
<td width="290">4Heating at 5°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // 5 DB, 4 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">5Heating at -4°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // -4 DB, -5 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" width="725">*Applications should be restricted to comfort cooling only; equipment cooling applications are not recommended for low ambient temperature conditions.</p>
<p>**System cuts out in heating mode to avoid thermistor error and automatically restarts at these temperatures.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>ACCESSORIES: MSZ-GL12NA</h4>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="551">Anti-allergy Enzyme Filter</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-408FT-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">kumo touch™ RedLINK™ Wireless Controller</td>
<td width="174">□ MHK2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Deluxe MA Remote Controller1</td>
<td width="174">□ PAR-40MAAU</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Simple MA Controller1</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-YT53CRAU-J</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Touch MA Controller1</td>
<td width="174">□ PAR-CT01MAU-SB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Wired Remote Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ M21-EAA-307</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-USWHS003-TH-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">System Control Interface2</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-334IF-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Wireless Interface 2</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-USWHS002-WF-2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Thermostat Interface</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-US444CN-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">kumo station®</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-WHS01HC-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">USNAP Interface</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-WHS01UP-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">IT Extender</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-WHS01IE-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">BACnet® and MODBUS® Interface</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-UKPRC001-CN-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Lockdown Bracket for Hand-held Remote Controllers</td>
<td width="174">□ RCMKP1CB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Blue Diamond Sensor Extension Cable — 15 Ft.</td>
<td width="174">□ C13-103</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Blue Diamond Alarm Extension Cable — 6.5 Ft.</td>
<td width="174">□ C13-192</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Blue Diamond MultiTank — collection tank for use with multiple pumps</td>
<td width="174">□ C21-014</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Blue Diamond Rubber Foot Pads</td>
<td width="174">□ F10-010</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Mini Condensate Pump — 230 volt application</td>
<td width="174">□ SI30-230</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">MegaBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &amp; Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ X87-835 – 110 to 250V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">MaxiBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &amp; Sensor (110V) up to 48,000 BTU/ H[recommended]</td>
<td width="174">□ X87-711 – 110V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &amp; Sensor (208/230V) [recommended]</td>
<td width="174">□ X87-721 – 208/230V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">MicroBlue Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump (110/208/230V) up to 18,000 BTU/H</td>
<td width="174">□ X85-003</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Fascia Kit for MicroBlue Pump – mounts the MicroBlue and sensor directly beneath the indoor unit</td>
<td width="174">□ T18-016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Drain Pan Level Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ SS610E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">(30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – Black</td>
<td width="174">□ TAZ-MS303</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">(30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – White</td>
<td width="174">□ TAZ-MS303W</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>ACCESSORIES: MUZ-GL12NA</strong></p>
<table width="757">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="551">Air Outlet Guide</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-881SG</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Drain Socket</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-860DS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Optional Defrost Heater</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-640BH-U</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Hail Guard</td>
<td width="174">□ HG-B4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit 3-1/4 inch Mounting Base (Pair) – Plastic</td>
<td width="174">□ DSD-400P</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Condensing Unit Mounting Pad 16″ x 36″ x 3″</td>
<td width="174">□ ULTRILITE1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit Stand — 12″ High</td>
<td width="174">□ QSMS1201M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit Stand — 18″ High</td>
<td width="174">□ QSMS1801M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit Stand — 24″ High</td>
<td width="174">□ QSMS2401M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket— Coated Steel</td>
<td width="174">□ QSWB2000M-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket — 316 Series Stainless Steel</td>
<td width="174">□ QSWBSS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">15′ x 1/4″ x 15′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">30′ x 1/4″ x 30′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">50′ x 1/4″ x 50′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">65′ x 1/4″ x 65′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-65</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>DIMENSIONS: MSZ-GL12NA<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-4-135-1024x624-1.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>DIMENSIONS: MUZ-GL12NA<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-5-115-1024x546-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-6-104-1024x426-1.webp" /></strong></p>
<p>FORM# MSZ-GL12NA / MUZ-GL12NA – 202003<br />
Specifications are subject to change without notice. © 2020 Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. All rights reserved.<br />
1340 Satellite Boulevard, Suwanee, GA 30024<br />
Toll Free: 800-433-4822 <a href="http://www.mehvac.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.mehvac.com<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/logo-221-1.webp" /></a></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC M-Series Recessed Cassette Heat Pump Systems Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/m-recessed-heat-pump/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Jul 2023 11:11:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Mitsubishi Electric]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=167608</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC M-Series Recessed Cassette Heat Pump Systems Indoor Unit: MLZ-KP12NA Outdoor Unit: SUZ-KA12NAHZ Wireless Remote Controller INDOOR UNIT FEATURES Fits between 16” joists spacing Stylish, square design panel Built-in condensate lift mechanism (19.6”) Serviceable from the bottom (electrical and flare connections) Adjustable fan speeds and vane directions Washable antibacterial and deodorizing filter Multiple control options available: Hand-held Remote Controller (provided with unit) kumo cloud® smart device app for remote access Third-party interface options Wired or wireless controllers Pocket inside the access panel for kumo cloud® Wireless Interface. OUTDOOR UNIT FEATURES The outdoor unit powers the indoor unit, and should a power outage occur, the system is automatically restarted when power returns INVERTER-driven compressor and LEV provide high efficiency and comfort while using only the energy needed to maintain maximum performance H2i® hyper heat performance offers 100% heating capacity at 5°F and greater than 76% heating capacity at -13°F Hot-Start Technology: no cold air rush at equipment startup or when restarting after Defrost Cycle Quiet operation Blue Fin anti-corrosion treatment applied to the outdoor unit heat exchanger for increased coil protection and longer life Built-in base pan heater Innovative Joint Lap DC Motor leads to high efficiency and reliability Pulse Amplitude Modulation technology SPECIFICATIONS: MLZ-KP12NA-U1 &#38; SUZ-KA12NAHZ Cooling at 95°F1 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 12,000 Rated Capacity BTU/H 12,000 Minimum Capacity BTU/H 5,270 Maximum Power Input W 940 Rated Power Input W 940 Moisture Removal Pints/h 3.10 Sensible Heat Factor 0.71 Power Factor (208/230V) % 96 Heating at 47°F2 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 18,000 Rated Capacity BTU/H 15,000 Minimum Capacity BTU/H 7,800 Maximum Power Input W 1,630 Rated Power Input W 1,130 Power Factor % 98 Heating at 17°F3 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 15,000 Rated Capacity BTU/H 9,100 Maximum Power Input W 1,740 Rated Power Input W 1,050 Heating at 5°F4 Maximum Capacity BTU/H 15,000 Maximum Power Input W 2,800 Efficiency SEER 19.00 EER1 12.70 HSPF (IV) 10.20 COP at 47°F2 3.80 COP at 17°F in Maximum Capacity3 2.54 COP at 5°F in Maximum Capacity4 1.57 ENERGY STAR® certified units (ENERGY STAR products are third-party certified by an EPA-recognized Certification Body.) Yes Electrical Voltage, Phase, Frequency 208/230V, 1 phase, 60Hz Guaranteed Voltage Range V AC 187-253 Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S1-S2 V AC 208/230 Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S2-S3 V DC 24 Short-circuit Current Rating (SCCR) kA 5 Recommended Fuse/Breaker Size (Outdoor) A 15 Recommended Wire Size (Indoor – Outdoor) AWG 14 Indoor Unit MCA A 1 Fan Motor Full Load Amperage A 0.76 Fan Motor Output W 30 Airflow Rate at Cooling, Dry CFM 332-297-258-212 Airflow Rate at Cooling, Wet CFM 282-252-219-180 Airflow Rate at Heating, Dry CFM 350-311-272-212 SPECIFICATIONS: MLZ-KP12NA-U1 &#38; SUZ-KA12NAHZ Sound Pressure Level (Cooling) dB(A) 40-36-32-27 Sound Pressure Level (Heating) dB(A) 40-36-32-26 Drain Pipe Size In. (mm) 1-1/4 (32) Condensate Lift Mechanism, Maximum Distance In. (mm) 19-11/16 (500) Heat Exchanger Type Plate fin coil External Finish Color White Unit Dimensions W: In. (mm) 43-3/8 (1,102) D: In. (mm) 14-3/16 (360) H: In. (mm) 7-5/16 (185) Package Dimensions W: In. (mm) 46-5/16 (1,180) D: In. (mm) 15-3/4 (400) H: In. (mm) 11 (280) Unit Weight Lbs. (kg) 34 (15.5) Package Weight Lbs. (kg) 41 (18) Indoor Unit Operating Temperature Range Cooling Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)* °F 90F D.B / 73F W.B // 67F D.B / 57F W.B Heating Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum) °F 80F D.B // 70F D.B Outdoor Unit MCA A 14.0 MOCP A 24.0 Fan Motor Full Load Amperage A 0.7 Fan Motor Output W 77.0 Airflow Rate CFM 1,691 / 1,691 Refrigerant Control LEV Defrost Method Reverse Cycle Heat Exchanger Type Plate Fin Coil Blue Fin Coating on Heat Exchanger Yes Sound Pressure Level, Cooling1 dB(A) 54 Sound Pressure Level, Heating2 dB(A) 55 Compressor Type DC INVERTER-driven Twin Rotary Compressor Model SNB130FHBM2T Compressor Rated Load Amps A 13 Compressor Locked Rotor Amps A 10 Compressor Oil Type // Charge oz. FV50S // 22 External Finish Color Ivory Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1 Base Pan Heater Yes Unit Dimensions W: In. (mm) 38-9/16 (840) D: In. (mm) 13 (330) H: In. (mm) 34-5/8 (880) Package Dimensions W: In. (mm) 38-9/16 (980) D: In. (mm) 16-9/16 (420) H: In. (mm) 39 (990) Unit Weight Lbs. (kg) 129 (58.5) SPECIFICATIONS: MLZ-KP12NA-U1 &#38; SUZ-KA12NAHZ Package Weight Lbs. (kg) 148 (67) Outdoor Unit Operating Temperature Range Cooling Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)* °F 115 / 14 Cooling Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures** °F -1 / 3 Heating Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum) °F 75 / -13 Heating Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures** °F -18 / -14 Refrigerant Type R410A Charge Lbs, oz 3, 9 Piping Gas Pipe Size O.D. (Flared) In.(mm) 3/8 (9.52) Liquid Pipe Size O.D. (Flared) In.(mm) 1/4 (6.35) Maximum Piping Length Ft. (m) 65 Maximum Height Difference Ft. (m) 40 Maximum Number of Bends 10 Notes AHRI Rated Conditions (Rated data is determined at a fixed compressor speed) 1Cooling (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 80 DB, 67 WB // 95 DB, 75 WB 2Heating at 47°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // 47 DB, 43 WB 3Heating at 17°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // 17 DB, 15 WB Conditions 4Heating at 5°F (Indoor // Outdoor) °F 70 DB, 60 WB // 5 DB, 4 WB *Applications should be restricted to comfort cooling only; equipment cooling applications are not recommended for low ambient temperature conditions. **System cuts out in heating mode to avoid thermistor error and automatically restarts at these temperatures. ACCESSORIES: MLZ-KP12NA Grille (required) □ MLP-444W Anti-allergy Enzyme Filter □ MAC-408FT-E kumo touch™ RedLINK™ Wireless Controller □ MHK2 Deluxe MA Remote Controller1 □ PAR-40MAAU Simple MA Controller1 □ PAC-YT53CRAU-J Touch MA Controller1 □ PAR-CT01MAU-SB Wired Remote Sensor □ M21-EAA-307 Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor □ PAC-USWHS003-TH-1 System Control Interface2 □ MAC-334IF-E External Fan / Heater Control Relay Adapter □ CN24RELAY-KIT-CM3 Wireless Interface 2 □ PAC-USWHS002-WF-2 Thermostat Interface □ PAC-US444CN-1 kumo station® □ PAC-WHS01HC-E USNAP Interface □ PAC-WHS01UP-E IT Extender □ PAC-WHS01IE-E BACnet® and MODBUS® Interface □ PAC-UKPRC001-CN-1 External Fan / Heater Control Relay Adapter □ CN24RELAY-KIT-CM3 Lockdown Bracket for Hand-held Remote Controllers □ RCMKP1CB MegaBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &#38; Sensor □ X87-835 – 110 to 250V MaxiBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &#38; Sensor (110V) up to 48,000 BTU/ H[recommended] □ X87-711 – 110V Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &#38; Sensor (208/230V) [recommended] □ X87-721 – 208/230V MicroBlue Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump (110/208/230V) up to 18,000 BTU/H □ X85-003 Fascia Kit for MicroBlue Pump – mounts the MicroBlue and sensor directly beneath the indoor unit □ T18-016 (30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – Black □ TAZ-MS303 (30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – White □ TAZ-MS303W Requires MAC-334IF-E Allows indoor units to connect to an MA Controller. ACCESSORIES: SUZ-KA12NAHZ Port Adapter size: 3/8″ X 1/2″ (required) □ MAC-A454JP-E Air Outlet Guide □ MAC-881SG Air Outlet Guide □ MAC-886SG-E Optional Defrost Heater □ MAC-640BH-U Hail Guard □ HG-B4 Outdoor Unit 3-1/4 inch Mounting Base (Pair) – Plastic □ DSD-400P Condensing Unit Mounting Pad 16″ x 36″ x 3″ □ ULTRILITE1 Outdoor Unit Stand — 12″ High □ QSMS1201M Outdoor Unit Stand — 18″ High □ QSMS1801M Outdoor Unit Stand — 24″ High □ QSMS2401M Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket— Coated Steel □ QSWB2000M-1 Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket — 316 Series Stainless Steel □ QSWBSS 15′ x 1/4″ x 15′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-15 30′ x 1/4″ x 30′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-30 50′ x 1/4″ x 50′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-50 65′ x 1/4″ x 65′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation) □ MLS143812T-65 DIMENSIONS: MLZ-KP12NA DIMENSIONS: SUZ-KA12NAHZ Specifications are subject to change without notice. © 2020 Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. All rights reserved.1340 Satellite Boulevard, Suwanee, GA 30024 Toll Free: 800-433-4822 www.mehvac.com [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/mitsubishi-electric/m-recessed-heat-pump/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/logo-301.webp" /></h3>
<h4>MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC M-Series Recessed Cassette Heat Pump Systems</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/product-259.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Indoor Unit: </strong><strong>MLZ-KP12NA<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-1-167.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>Outdoor Unit: SUZ-KA12NAHZ<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-2-164.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>Wireless Remote Controller<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-476745 ezlazyloaded" src="images/8.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="image 3" width="208" height="656" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/image-3-149.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 208w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/image-3-149-95x300.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 95w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/image-3-149.png?ezimgfmt=rs:208x656/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>INDOOR UNIT FEATURES</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Fits between 16” joists spacing</li>
<li>Stylish, square design panel</li>
<li>Built-in condensate lift mechanism (19.6”)</li>
<li>Serviceable from the bottom (electrical and flare connections)</li>
<li>Adjustable fan speeds and vane directions</li>
<li>Washable antibacterial and deodorizing filter</li>
<li>Multiple control options available:
<ul>
<li>Hand-held Remote Controller (provided with unit)</li>
<li>kumo cloud® smart device app for remote access</li>
<li>Third-party interface options</li>
<li>Wired or wireless controllers</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Pocket inside the access panel for kumo cloud® Wireless Interface.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OUTDOOR UNIT FEATURES</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The outdoor unit powers the indoor unit, and should a power outage occur, the system is automatically restarted when power returns</li>
<li>INVERTER-driven compressor and LEV provide high efficiency and comfort while using only the energy needed to maintain maximum performance</li>
<li>H2i® hyper heat performance offers 100% heating capacity at 5°F and greater than 76% heating capacity at -13°F</li>
<li>Hot-Start Technology: no cold air rush at equipment startup or when restarting after Defrost Cycle</li>
<li>Quiet operation</li>
<li>Blue Fin anti-corrosion treatment applied to the outdoor unit heat exchanger for increased coil protection and longer life</li>
<li>Built-in base pan heater</li>
<li>Innovative Joint Lap DC Motor leads to high efficiency and reliability</li>
<li>Pulse Amplitude Modulation technology</li>
</ul>
<h4>SPECIFICATIONS: MLZ-KP12NA-U1 &amp; SUZ-KA12NAHZ</h4>
<table width="765">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="8" width="123">Cooling at 95°F1</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">12,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">12,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Minimum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">5,270</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">940</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">940</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Moisture Removal</td>
<td width="102">Pints/h</td>
<td width="210">3.10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Sensible Heat Factor</td>
<td width="210">0.71</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Power Factor (208/230V)</td>
<td width="102">%</td>
<td width="210">96</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="123">Heating at 47°F2</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">18,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">15,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Minimum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">7,800</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,630</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,130</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Power Factor</td>
<td width="102">%</td>
<td width="210">98</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="123">Heating at 17°F3</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">15,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">9,100</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,740</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Rated Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">1,050</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Heating at 5°F4</td>
<td width="290">Maximum Capacity</td>
<td width="102">BTU/H</td>
<td width="210">15,000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Power Input</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">2,800</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7" width="123">Efficiency</td>
<td colspan="2" width="392">SEER</td>
<td width="210">19.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">EER1</td>
<td width="210">12.70</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">HSPF (IV)</td>
<td width="210">10.20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">COP at 47°F2</td>
<td width="210">3.80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">COP at 17°F in Maximum Capacity3</td>
<td width="210">2.54</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">COP at 5°F in Maximum Capacity4</td>
<td width="210">1.57</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">ENERGY STAR® certified units (ENERGY STAR products are third-party certified by an EPA-recognized Certification Body.)</td>
<td width="210">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7" width="123">Electrical</td>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Voltage, Phase, Frequency</td>
<td width="210">208/230V, 1 phase, 60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Guaranteed Voltage Range</td>
<td width="102">V AC</td>
<td width="210">187-253</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S1-S2</td>
<td width="102">V AC</td>
<td width="210">208/230</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Voltage: Indoor – Outdoor, S2-S3</td>
<td width="102">V DC</td>
<td width="210">24</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Short-circuit Current Rating (SCCR)</td>
<td width="102">kA</td>
<td width="210">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Recommended Fuse/Breaker Size (Outdoor)</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Recommended Wire Size (Indoor – Outdoor)</td>
<td width="102">AWG</td>
<td width="210">14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="123">Indoor Unit</td>
<td width="290">MCA</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Fan Motor Full Load Amperage</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">0.76</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Fan Motor Output</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate at Cooling, Dry</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">332-297-258-212</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate at Cooling, Wet</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">282-252-219-180</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate at Heating, Dry</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">350-311-272-212</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>SPECIFICATIONS: MLZ-KP12NA-U1 &amp; SUZ-KA12NAHZ</h5>
<table width="847">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="14" width="123"></td>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level (Cooling)</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">40-36-32-27</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level (Heating)</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">40-36-32-26</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Drain Pipe Size</td>
<td width="102">In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">1-1/4 (32)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Condensate Lift Mechanism, Maximum Distance</td>
<td width="102">In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">19-11/16 (500)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Heat Exchanger Type</td>
<td width="210">Plate fin coil</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">External Finish Color</td>
<td width="210">White</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Unit Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">43-3/8 (1,102)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">14-3/16 (360)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">7-5/16 (185)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Package Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">46-5/16 (1,180)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">15-3/4 (400)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">11 (280)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Unit Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">34 (15.5)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Package Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">41 (18)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Indoor Unit Operating Temperature Range</td>
<td width="290">Cooling Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)*</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">90F D.B / 73F W.B // 67F D.B / 57F W.B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Heating Intake Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">80F D.B // 70F D.B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="25" width="123">Outdoor Unit</td>
<td width="290">MCA</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">14.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">MOCP</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">24.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Fan Motor Full Load Amperage</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">0.7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Fan Motor Output</td>
<td width="102">W</td>
<td width="210">77.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Airflow Rate</td>
<td width="102">CFM</td>
<td width="210">1,691 / 1,691</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Refrigerant Control</td>
<td width="210">LEV</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Defrost Method</td>
<td width="210">Reverse Cycle</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Heat Exchanger Type</td>
<td width="210">Plate Fin Coil</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Blue Fin Coating on Heat Exchanger</td>
<td width="210">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level, Cooling1</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">54</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Sound Pressure Level, Heating2</td>
<td width="102">dB(A)</td>
<td width="210">55</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Compressor Type</td>
<td width="210">DC INVERTER-driven Twin Rotary</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Compressor Model</td>
<td width="210">SNB130FHBM2T</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Compressor Rated Load Amps</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">13</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Compressor Locked Rotor Amps</td>
<td width="102">A</td>
<td width="210">10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Compressor Oil Type // Charge</td>
<td width="102">oz.</td>
<td width="210">FV50S // 22</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">External Finish Color</td>
<td width="210">Ivory Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Base Pan Heater</td>
<td width="210">Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Unit Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">38-9/16 (840)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">13 (330)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">34-5/8 (880)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="290">Package Dimensions</td>
<td width="102">W: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">38-9/16 (980)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">D: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">16-9/16 (420)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">H: In. (mm)</td>
<td width="210">39 (990)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Unit Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">129 (58.5)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>SPECIFICATIONS: MLZ-KP12NA-U1 &amp; SUZ-KA12NAHZ</h5>
<table width="1016">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="123"></td>
<td width="290">Package Weight</td>
<td width="102">Lbs. (kg)</td>
<td width="210">148 (67)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="123">Outdoor Unit Operating Temperature Range</td>
<td width="290">Cooling Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)*</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">115 / 14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Cooling Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures**</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">-1 / 3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Heating Air Temp (Maximum / Minimum)</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">75 / -13</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Heating Thermal Lock-out / Re-start Temperatures**</td>
<td width="102">°F</td>
<td width="210">-18 / -14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="123">Refrigerant</td>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Type</td>
<td width="210">R410A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Charge</td>
<td width="102">Lbs, oz</td>
<td width="210">3, 9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5" width="123">Piping</td>
<td width="290">Gas Pipe Size O.D. (Flared)</td>
<td width="102">In.(mm)</td>
<td width="210">3/8 (9.52)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Liquid Pipe Size O.D. (Flared)</td>
<td width="102">In.(mm)</td>
<td width="210">1/4 (6.35)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Piping Length</td>
<td width="102">Ft. (m)</td>
<td width="210">65</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">Maximum Height Difference</td>
<td width="102">Ft. (m)</td>
<td width="210">40</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="392">Maximum Number of Bends</td>
<td width="210">10</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notes</strong></p>
<table width="862">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="123">AHRI Rated Conditions (Rated data is determined at a fixed compressor speed)</td>
<td width="290">1Cooling (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">80 DB, 67 WB // 95 DB, 75 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">2Heating at 47°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // 47 DB, 43 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="290">3Heating at 17°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // 17 DB, 15 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="123">Conditions</td>
<td width="290">4Heating at 5°F (Indoor // Outdoor)</td>
<td width="29">°F</td>
<td width="283">70 DB, 60 WB // 5 DB, 4 WB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" width="725">*Applications should be restricted to comfort cooling only; equipment cooling applications are not recommended for low ambient temperature conditions.</p>
<p>**System cuts out in heating mode to avoid thermistor error and automatically restarts at these temperatures.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>ACCESSORIES: MLZ-KP12NA</h4>
<table width="847">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="551">Grille (required)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLP-444W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Anti-allergy Enzyme Filter</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-408FT-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">kumo touch™ RedLINK™ Wireless Controller</td>
<td width="174">□ MHK2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Deluxe MA Remote Controller1</td>
<td width="174">□ PAR-40MAAU</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Simple MA Controller1</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-YT53CRAU-J</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Touch MA Controller1</td>
<td width="174">□ PAR-CT01MAU-SB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Wired Remote Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ M21-EAA-307</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-USWHS003-TH-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">System Control Interface2</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-334IF-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">External Fan / Heater Control Relay Adapter</td>
<td width="174">□ CN24RELAY-KIT-CM3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Wireless Interface 2</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-USWHS002-WF-2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Thermostat Interface</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-US444CN-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">kumo station®</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-WHS01HC-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">USNAP Interface</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-WHS01UP-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">IT Extender</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-WHS01IE-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">BACnet® and MODBUS® Interface</td>
<td width="174">□ PAC-UKPRC001-CN-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">External Fan / Heater Control Relay Adapter</td>
<td width="174">□ CN24RELAY-KIT-CM3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Lockdown Bracket for Hand-held Remote Controllers</td>
<td width="174">□ RCMKP1CB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">MegaBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &amp; Sensor</td>
<td width="174">□ X87-835 – 110 to 250V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">MaxiBlue Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &amp; Sensor (110V) up to 48,000 BTU/ H[recommended]</td>
<td width="174">□ X87-711 – 110V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Advanced Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump w/ Reservoir &amp; Sensor (208/230V) [recommended]</td>
<td width="174">□ X87-721 – 208/230V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">MicroBlue Blue Diamond Mini Condensate Pump (110/208/230V) up to 18,000 BTU/H</td>
<td width="174">□ X85-003</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Fascia Kit for MicroBlue Pump – mounts the MicroBlue and sensor directly beneath the indoor unit</td>
<td width="174">□ T18-016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">(30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – Black</td>
<td width="174">□ TAZ-MS303</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">(30A/600V/UL) [fits 2″ X 4″ utility box] – White</td>
<td width="174">□ TAZ-MS303W</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Requires MAC-334IF-E</li>
<li>Allows indoor units to connect to an MA Controller.</li>
</ol>
<h5>ACCESSORIES: SUZ-KA12NAHZ</h5>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="551">Port Adapter size: 3/8″ X 1/2″ (required)</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-A454JP-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Air Outlet Guide</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-881SG</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Air Outlet Guide</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-886SG-E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Optional Defrost Heater</td>
<td width="174">□ MAC-640BH-U</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Hail Guard</td>
<td width="174">□ HG-B4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit 3-1/4 inch Mounting Base (Pair) – Plastic</td>
<td width="174">□ DSD-400P</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Condensing Unit Mounting Pad 16″ x 36″ x 3″</td>
<td width="174">□ ULTRILITE1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit Stand — 12″ High</td>
<td width="174">□ QSMS1201M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit Stand — 18″ High</td>
<td width="174">□ QSMS1801M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Outdoor Unit Stand — 24″ High</td>
<td width="174">□ QSMS2401M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket— Coated Steel</td>
<td width="174">□ QSWB2000M-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">Heavy Duty Wall Mounting Bracket — 316 Series Stainless Steel</td>
<td width="174">□ QSWBSS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">15′ x 1/4″ x 15′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">30′ x 1/4″ x 30′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">50′ x 1/4″ x 50′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="551">65′ x 1/4″ x 65′ / 3/8″ Lineset (Twin-Tube Insulation)</td>
<td width="174">□ MLS143812T-65</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>DIMENSIONS: MLZ-KP12NA<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-4-134-1024x420-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-5-114-1024x321-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-6-103.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-7-94.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>DIMENSIONS: SUZ-KA12NAHZ<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-8-76.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/image-9-63.webp" /></strong></p>
<p>Specifications are subject to change without notice. © 2020 Mitsubishi Electric Trane HVAC US LLC. All rights reserved.1340 Satellite Boulevard, Suwanee, GA 30024<br />
Toll Free: 800-433-4822 <a href="http://www.mehvac.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.mehvac.com</a><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/logo-301-1.webp" /></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!--
Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: https://www.boldgrid.com/w3-total-cache/

Page Caching using Disk: Enhanced 

Served from: usemanuals.com @ 2026-10-26 18:33:30 by W3 Total Cache
-->